1 /* Variable tracking routines for the GNU compiler.
2    Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 
4    This file is part of GCC.
5 
6    GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
7    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
9    any later version.
10 
11    GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
12    ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
13    or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
14    License for more details.
15 
16    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17    along with GCC; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
18    <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
19 
20 /* This file contains the variable tracking pass.  It computes where
21    variables are located (which registers or where in memory) at each position
22    in instruction stream and emits notes describing the locations.
23    Debug information (DWARF2 location lists) is finally generated from
24    these notes.
25    With this debug information, it is possible to show variables
26    even when debugging optimized code.
27 
28    How does the variable tracking pass work?
29 
30    First, it scans RTL code for uses, stores and clobbers (register/memory
31    references in instructions), for call insns and for stack adjustments
32    separately for each basic block and saves them to an array of micro
33    operations.
34    The micro operations of one instruction are ordered so that
35    pre-modifying stack adjustment < use < use with no var < call insn <
36      < clobber < set < post-modifying stack adjustment
37 
38    Then, a forward dataflow analysis is performed to find out how locations
39    of variables change through code and to propagate the variable locations
40    along control flow graph.
41    The IN set for basic block BB is computed as a union of OUT sets of BB's
42    predecessors, the OUT set for BB is copied from the IN set for BB and
43    is changed according to micro operations in BB.
44 
45    The IN and OUT sets for basic blocks consist of a current stack adjustment
46    (used for adjusting offset of variables addressed using stack pointer),
47    the table of structures describing the locations of parts of a variable
48    and for each physical register a linked list for each physical register.
49    The linked list is a list of variable parts stored in the register,
50    i.e. it is a list of triplets (reg, decl, offset) where decl is
51    REG_EXPR (reg) and offset is REG_OFFSET (reg).  The linked list is used for
52    effective deleting appropriate variable parts when we set or clobber the
53    register.
54 
55    There may be more than one variable part in a register.  The linked lists
56    should be pretty short so it is a good data structure here.
57    For example in the following code, register allocator may assign same
58    register to variables A and B, and both of them are stored in the same
59    register in CODE:
60 
61      if (cond)
62        set A;
63      else
64        set B;
65      CODE;
66      if (cond)
67        use A;
68      else
69        use B;
70 
71    Finally, the NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION notes describing the variable locations
72    are emitted to appropriate positions in RTL code.  Each such a note describes
73    the location of one variable at the point in instruction stream where the
74    note is.  There is no need to emit a note for each variable before each
75    instruction, we only emit these notes where the location of variable changes
76    (this means that we also emit notes for changes between the OUT set of the
77    previous block and the IN set of the current block).
78 
79    The notes consist of two parts:
80    1. the declaration (from REG_EXPR or MEM_EXPR)
81    2. the location of a variable - it is either a simple register/memory
82       reference (for simple variables, for example int),
83       or a parallel of register/memory references (for a large variables
84       which consist of several parts, for example long long).
85 
86 */
87 
88 #include "config.h"
89 #include "system.h"
90 #include "coretypes.h"
91 #include "backend.h"
92 #include "target.h"
93 #include "rtl.h"
94 #include "tree.h"
95 #include "cfghooks.h"
96 #include "alloc-pool.h"
97 #include "tree-pass.h"
98 #include "memmodel.h"
99 #include "tm_p.h"
100 #include "insn-config.h"
101 #include "regs.h"
102 #include "emit-rtl.h"
103 #include "recog.h"
104 #include "diagnostic.h"
105 #include "varasm.h"
106 #include "stor-layout.h"
107 #include "cfgrtl.h"
108 #include "cfganal.h"
109 #include "reload.h"
110 #include "calls.h"
111 #include "tree-dfa.h"
112 #include "tree-ssa.h"
113 #include "cselib.h"
114 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
115 #include "rtl-iter.h"
116 #include "fibonacci_heap.h"
117 #include "print-rtl.h"
118 #include "function-abi.h"
119 
120 typedef fibonacci_heap <long, basic_block_def> bb_heap_t;
121 
122 /* var-tracking.cc assumes that tree code with the same value as VALUE rtx code
123    has no chance to appear in REG_EXPR/MEM_EXPRs and isn't a decl.
124    Currently the value is the same as IDENTIFIER_NODE, which has such
125    a property.  If this compile time assertion ever fails, make sure that
126    the new tree code that equals (int) VALUE has the same property.  */
127 extern char check_value_val[(int) VALUE == (int) IDENTIFIER_NODE ? 1 : -1];
128 
129 /* Type of micro operation.  */
130 enum micro_operation_type
131 {
132   MO_USE, /* Use location (REG or MEM).  */
133   MO_USE_NO_VAR,/* Use location which is not associated with a variable
134                        or the variable is not trackable.  */
135   MO_VAL_USE,       /* Use location which is associated with a value.  */
136   MO_VAL_LOC,   /* Use location which appears in a debug insn.  */
137   MO_VAL_SET,       /* Set location associated with a value.  */
138   MO_SET, /* Set location.  */
139   MO_COPY,          /* Copy the same portion of a variable from one
140                        location to another.  */
141   MO_CLOBBER,       /* Clobber location.  */
142   MO_CALL,          /* Call insn.  */
143   MO_ADJUST         /* Adjust stack pointer.  */
144 
145 };
146 
147 static const char * const ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
148 micro_operation_type_name[] = {
149   "MO_USE",
150   "MO_USE_NO_VAR",
151   "MO_VAL_USE",
152   "MO_VAL_LOC",
153   "MO_VAL_SET",
154   "MO_SET",
155   "MO_COPY",
156   "MO_CLOBBER",
157   "MO_CALL",
158   "MO_ADJUST"
159 };
160 
161 /* Where shall the note be emitted?  BEFORE or AFTER the instruction.
162    Notes emitted as AFTER_CALL are to take effect during the call,
163    rather than after the call.  */
164 enum emit_note_where
165 {
166   EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN,
167   EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_INSN,
168   EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_CALL_INSN
169 };
170 
171 /* Structure holding information about micro operation.  */
172 struct micro_operation
173 {
174   /* Type of micro operation.  */
175   enum micro_operation_type type;
176 
177   /* The instruction which the micro operation is in, for MO_USE,
178      MO_USE_NO_VAR, MO_CALL and MO_ADJUST, or the subsequent
179      instruction or note in the original flow (before any var-tracking
180      notes are inserted, to simplify emission of notes), for MO_SET
181      and MO_CLOBBER.  */
182   rtx_insn *insn;
183 
184   union {
185     /* Location.  For MO_SET and MO_COPY, this is the SET that
186        performs the assignment, if known, otherwise it is the target
187        of the assignment.  For MO_VAL_USE and MO_VAL_SET, it is a
188        CONCAT of the VALUE and the LOC associated with it.  For
189        MO_VAL_LOC, it is a CONCAT of the VALUE and the VAR_LOCATION
190        associated with it.  */
191     rtx loc;
192 
193     /* Stack adjustment.  */
194     HOST_WIDE_INT adjust;
195   } u;
196 };
197 
198 
199 /* A declaration of a variable, or an RTL value being handled like a
200    declaration.  */
201 typedef void *decl_or_value;
202 
203 /* Return true if a decl_or_value DV is a DECL or NULL.  */
204 static inline bool
dv_is_decl_p(decl_or_value dv)205 dv_is_decl_p (decl_or_value dv)
206 {
207   return !dv || (int) TREE_CODE ((tree) dv) != (int) VALUE;
208 }
209 
210 /* Return true if a decl_or_value is a VALUE rtl.  */
211 static inline bool
dv_is_value_p(decl_or_value dv)212 dv_is_value_p (decl_or_value dv)
213 {
214   return dv && !dv_is_decl_p (dv);
215 }
216 
217 /* Return the decl in the decl_or_value.  */
218 static inline tree
dv_as_decl(decl_or_value dv)219 dv_as_decl (decl_or_value dv)
220 {
221   gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_decl_p (dv));
222   return (tree) dv;
223 }
224 
225 /* Return the value in the decl_or_value.  */
226 static inline rtx
dv_as_value(decl_or_value dv)227 dv_as_value (decl_or_value dv)
228 {
229   gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_value_p (dv));
230   return (rtx)dv;
231 }
232 
233 /* Return the opaque pointer in the decl_or_value.  */
234 static inline void *
dv_as_opaque(decl_or_value dv)235 dv_as_opaque (decl_or_value dv)
236 {
237   return dv;
238 }
239 
240 
241 /* Description of location of a part of a variable.  The content of a physical
242    register is described by a chain of these structures.
243    The chains are pretty short (usually 1 or 2 elements) and thus
244    chain is the best data structure.  */
245 struct attrs
246 {
247   /* Pointer to next member of the list.  */
248   attrs *next;
249 
250   /* The rtx of register.  */
251   rtx loc;
252 
253   /* The declaration corresponding to LOC.  */
254   decl_or_value dv;
255 
256   /* Offset from start of DECL.  */
257   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
258 };
259 
260 /* Structure for chaining the locations.  */
261 struct location_chain
262 {
263   /* Next element in the chain.  */
264   location_chain *next;
265 
266   /* The location (REG, MEM or VALUE).  */
267   rtx loc;
268 
269   /* The "value" stored in this location.  */
270   rtx set_src;
271 
272   /* Initialized? */
273   enum var_init_status init;
274 };
275 
276 /* A vector of loc_exp_dep holds the active dependencies of a one-part
277    DV on VALUEs, i.e., the VALUEs expanded so as to form the current
278    location of DV.  Each entry is also part of VALUE' s linked-list of
279    backlinks back to DV.  */
280 struct loc_exp_dep
281 {
282   /* The dependent DV.  */
283   decl_or_value dv;
284   /* The dependency VALUE or DECL_DEBUG.  */
285   rtx value;
286   /* The next entry in VALUE's backlinks list.  */
287   struct loc_exp_dep *next;
288   /* A pointer to the pointer to this entry (head or prev's next) in
289      the doubly-linked list.  */
290   struct loc_exp_dep **pprev;
291 };
292 
293 
294 /* This data structure holds information about the depth of a variable
295    expansion.  */
296 struct expand_depth
297 {
298   /* This measures the complexity of the expanded expression.  It
299      grows by one for each level of expansion that adds more than one
300      operand.  */
301   int complexity;
302   /* This counts the number of ENTRY_VALUE expressions in an
303      expansion.  We want to minimize their use.  */
304   int entryvals;
305 };
306 
307 /* Type for dependencies actively used when expand FROM into cur_loc.  */
308 typedef vec<loc_exp_dep, va_heap, vl_embed> deps_vec;
309 
310 /* This data structure is allocated for one-part variables at the time
311    of emitting notes.  */
312 struct onepart_aux
313 {
314   /* Doubly-linked list of dependent DVs.  These are DVs whose cur_loc
315      computation used the expansion of this variable, and that ought
316      to be notified should this variable change.  If the DV's cur_loc
317      expanded to NULL, all components of the loc list are regarded as
318      active, so that any changes in them give us a chance to get a
319      location.  Otherwise, only components of the loc that expanded to
320      non-NULL are regarded as active dependencies.  */
321   loc_exp_dep *backlinks;
322   /* This holds the LOC that was expanded into cur_loc.  We need only
323      mark a one-part variable as changed if the FROM loc is removed,
324      or if it has no known location and a loc is added, or if it gets
325      a change notification from any of its active dependencies.  */
326   rtx from;
327   /* The depth of the cur_loc expression.  */
328   expand_depth depth;
329   /* Dependencies actively used when expand FROM into cur_loc.  */
330   deps_vec deps;
331 };
332 
333 /* Structure describing one part of variable.  */
334 struct variable_part
335 {
336   /* Chain of locations of the part.  */
337   location_chain *loc_chain;
338 
339   /* Location which was last emitted to location list.  */
340   rtx cur_loc;
341 
342   union variable_aux
343   {
344     /* The offset in the variable, if !var->onepart.  */
345     HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
346 
347     /* Pointer to auxiliary data, if var->onepart and emit_notes.  */
348     struct onepart_aux *onepaux;
349   } aux;
350 };
351 
352 /* Maximum number of location parts.  */
353 #define MAX_VAR_PARTS 16
354 
355 /* Enumeration type used to discriminate various types of one-part
356    variables.  */
357 enum onepart_enum
358 {
359   /* Not a one-part variable.  */
360   NOT_ONEPART = 0,
361   /* A one-part DECL that is not a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL.  */
362   ONEPART_VDECL = 1,
363   /* A DEBUG_EXPR_DECL.  */
364   ONEPART_DEXPR = 2,
365   /* A VALUE.  */
366   ONEPART_VALUE = 3
367 };
368 
369 /* Structure describing where the variable is located.  */
370 struct variable
371 {
372   /* The declaration of the variable, or an RTL value being handled
373      like a declaration.  */
374   decl_or_value dv;
375 
376   /* Reference count.  */
377   int refcount;
378 
379   /* Number of variable parts.  */
380   char n_var_parts;
381 
382   /* What type of DV this is, according to enum onepart_enum.  */
383   ENUM_BITFIELD (onepart_enum) onepart : CHAR_BIT;
384 
385   /* True if this variable_def struct is currently in the
386      changed_variables hash table.  */
387   bool in_changed_variables;
388 
389   /* The variable parts.  */
390   variable_part var_part[1];
391 };
392 
393 /* Pointer to the BB's information specific to variable tracking pass.  */
394 #define VTI(BB) ((variable_tracking_info *) (BB)->aux)
395 
396 /* Return MEM_OFFSET (MEM) as a HOST_WIDE_INT, or 0 if we can't.  */
397 
398 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
int_mem_offset(const_rtx mem)399 int_mem_offset (const_rtx mem)
400 {
401   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
402   if (MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem) && MEM_OFFSET (mem).is_constant (&offset))
403     return offset;
404   return 0;
405 }
406 
407 #if CHECKING_P && (GCC_VERSION >= 2007)
408 
409 /* Access VAR's Ith part's offset, checking that it's not a one-part
410    variable.  */
411 #define VAR_PART_OFFSET(var, i) __extension__                         \
412 (*({  variable *const __v = (var);                                    \
413       gcc_checking_assert (!__v->onepart);                            \
414       &__v->var_part[(i)].aux.offset; }))
415 
416 /* Access VAR's one-part auxiliary data, checking that it is a
417    one-part variable.  */
418 #define VAR_LOC_1PAUX(var) __extension__                              \
419 (*({  variable *const __v = (var);                                    \
420       gcc_checking_assert (__v->onepart);                             \
421       &__v->var_part[0].aux.onepaux; }))
422 
423 #else
424 #define VAR_PART_OFFSET(var, i) ((var)->var_part[(i)].aux.offset)
425 #define VAR_LOC_1PAUX(var) ((var)->var_part[0].aux.onepaux)
426 #endif
427 
428 /* These are accessor macros for the one-part auxiliary data.  When
429    convenient for users, they're guarded by tests that the data was
430    allocated.  */
431 #define VAR_LOC_DEP_LST(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)             \
432                                     ? VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->backlinks    \
433                                     : NULL)
434 #define VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)                      \
435                                      ? &VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->backlinks  \
436                                      : NULL)
437 #define VAR_LOC_FROM(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->from)
438 #define VAR_LOC_DEPTH(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->depth)
439 #define VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC(var) var_loc_dep_vec (var)
440 
441 /* Implements the VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC above as a function to work around
442    a bogus -Wnonnull (PR c/95554). */
443 
444 static inline deps_vec*
var_loc_dep_vec(variable * var)445 var_loc_dep_vec (variable *var)
446 {
447   return VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) ? &VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->deps : NULL;
448 }
449 
450 
451 typedef unsigned int dvuid;
452 
453 /* Return the uid of DV.  */
454 
455 static inline dvuid
dv_uid(decl_or_value dv)456 dv_uid (decl_or_value dv)
457 {
458   if (dv_is_value_p (dv))
459     return CSELIB_VAL_PTR (dv_as_value (dv))->uid;
460   else
461     return DECL_UID (dv_as_decl (dv));
462 }
463 
464 /* Compute the hash from the uid.  */
465 
466 static inline hashval_t
dv_uid2hash(dvuid uid)467 dv_uid2hash (dvuid uid)
468 {
469   return uid;
470 }
471 
472 /* The hash function for a mask table in a shared_htab chain.  */
473 
474 static inline hashval_t
dv_htab_hash(decl_or_value dv)475 dv_htab_hash (decl_or_value dv)
476 {
477   return dv_uid2hash (dv_uid (dv));
478 }
479 
480 static void variable_htab_free (void *);
481 
482 /* Variable hashtable helpers.  */
483 
484 struct variable_hasher : pointer_hash <variable>
485 {
486   typedef void *compare_type;
487   static inline hashval_t hash (const variable *);
488   static inline bool equal (const variable *, const void *);
489   static inline void remove (variable *);
490 };
491 
492 /* The hash function for variable_htab, computes the hash value
493    from the declaration of variable X.  */
494 
495 inline hashval_t
hash(const variable * v)496 variable_hasher::hash (const variable *v)
497 {
498   return dv_htab_hash (v->dv);
499 }
500 
501 /* Compare the declaration of variable X with declaration Y.  */
502 
503 inline bool
equal(const variable * v,const void * y)504 variable_hasher::equal (const variable *v, const void *y)
505 {
506   decl_or_value dv = CONST_CAST2 (decl_or_value, const void *, y);
507 
508   return (dv_as_opaque (v->dv) == dv_as_opaque (dv));
509 }
510 
511 /* Free the element of VARIABLE_HTAB (its type is struct variable_def).  */
512 
513 inline void
remove(variable * var)514 variable_hasher::remove (variable *var)
515 {
516   variable_htab_free (var);
517 }
518 
519 typedef hash_table<variable_hasher> variable_table_type;
520 typedef variable_table_type::iterator variable_iterator_type;
521 
522 /* Structure for passing some other parameters to function
523    emit_note_insn_var_location.  */
524 struct emit_note_data
525 {
526   /* The instruction which the note will be emitted before/after.  */
527   rtx_insn *insn;
528 
529   /* Where the note will be emitted (before/after insn)?  */
530   enum emit_note_where where;
531 
532   /* The variables and values active at this point.  */
533   variable_table_type *vars;
534 };
535 
536 /* Structure holding a refcounted hash table.  If refcount > 1,
537    it must be first unshared before modified.  */
538 struct shared_hash
539 {
540   /* Reference count.  */
541   int refcount;
542 
543   /* Actual hash table.  */
544   variable_table_type *htab;
545 };
546 
547 /* Structure holding the IN or OUT set for a basic block.  */
548 struct dataflow_set
549 {
550   /* Adjustment of stack offset.  */
551   HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust;
552 
553   /* Attributes for registers (lists of attrs).  */
554   attrs *regs[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
555 
556   /* Variable locations.  */
557   shared_hash *vars;
558 
559   /* Vars that is being traversed.  */
560   shared_hash *traversed_vars;
561 };
562 
563 /* The structure (one for each basic block) containing the information
564    needed for variable tracking.  */
565 struct variable_tracking_info
566 {
567   /* The vector of micro operations.  */
568   vec<micro_operation> mos;
569 
570   /* The IN and OUT set for dataflow analysis.  */
571   dataflow_set in;
572   dataflow_set out;
573 
574   /* The permanent-in dataflow set for this block.  This is used to
575      hold values for which we had to compute entry values.  ??? This
576      should probably be dynamically allocated, to avoid using more
577      memory in non-debug builds.  */
578   dataflow_set *permp;
579 
580   /* Has the block been visited in DFS?  */
581   bool visited;
582 
583   /* Has the block been flooded in VTA?  */
584   bool flooded;
585 
586 };
587 
588 /* Alloc pool for struct attrs_def.  */
589 object_allocator<attrs> attrs_pool ("attrs pool");
590 
591 /* Alloc pool for struct variable_def with MAX_VAR_PARTS entries.  */
592 
593 static pool_allocator var_pool
594   ("variable_def pool", sizeof (variable) +
595    (MAX_VAR_PARTS - 1) * sizeof (((variable *)NULL)->var_part[0]));
596 
597 /* Alloc pool for struct variable_def with a single var_part entry.  */
598 static pool_allocator valvar_pool
599   ("small variable_def pool", sizeof (variable));
600 
601 /* Alloc pool for struct location_chain.  */
602 static object_allocator<location_chain> location_chain_pool
603   ("location_chain pool");
604 
605 /* Alloc pool for struct shared_hash.  */
606 static object_allocator<shared_hash> shared_hash_pool ("shared_hash pool");
607 
608 /* Alloc pool for struct loc_exp_dep_s for NOT_ONEPART variables.  */
609 object_allocator<loc_exp_dep> loc_exp_dep_pool ("loc_exp_dep pool");
610 
611 /* Changed variables, notes will be emitted for them.  */
612 static variable_table_type *changed_variables;
613 
614 /* Shall notes be emitted?  */
615 static bool emit_notes;
616 
617 /* Values whose dynamic location lists have gone empty, but whose
618    cselib location lists are still usable.  Use this to hold the
619    current location, the backlinks, etc, during emit_notes.  */
620 static variable_table_type *dropped_values;
621 
622 /* Empty shared hashtable.  */
623 static shared_hash *empty_shared_hash;
624 
625 /* Scratch register bitmap used by cselib_expand_value_rtx.  */
626 static bitmap scratch_regs = NULL;
627 
628 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
629 struct GTY(()) parm_reg {
630   rtx outgoing;
631   rtx incoming;
632 };
633 
634 
635 /* Vector of windowed parameter registers, if any.  */
636 static vec<parm_reg, va_gc> *windowed_parm_regs = NULL;
637 #endif
638 
639 /* Variable used to tell whether cselib_process_insn called our hook.  */
640 static bool cselib_hook_called;
641 
642 /* Local function prototypes.  */
643 static void stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT *,
644                                                     HOST_WIDE_INT *);
645 static void insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx_insn *, HOST_WIDE_INT *,
646                                                          HOST_WIDE_INT *);
647 static bool vt_stack_adjustments (void);
648 
649 static void init_attrs_list_set (attrs **);
650 static void attrs_list_clear (attrs **);
651 static attrs *attrs_list_member (attrs *, decl_or_value, HOST_WIDE_INT);
652 static void attrs_list_insert (attrs **, decl_or_value, HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx);
653 static void attrs_list_copy (attrs **, attrs *);
654 static void attrs_list_union (attrs **, attrs *);
655 
656 static variable **unshare_variable (dataflow_set *set, variable **slot,
657                                                   variable *var, enum var_init_status);
658 static void vars_copy (variable_table_type *, variable_table_type *);
659 static tree var_debug_decl (tree);
660 static void var_reg_set (dataflow_set *, rtx, enum var_init_status, rtx);
661 static void var_reg_delete_and_set (dataflow_set *, rtx, bool,
662                                             enum var_init_status, rtx);
663 static void var_reg_delete (dataflow_set *, rtx, bool);
664 static void var_regno_delete (dataflow_set *, int);
665 static void var_mem_set (dataflow_set *, rtx, enum var_init_status, rtx);
666 static void var_mem_delete_and_set (dataflow_set *, rtx, bool,
667                                             enum var_init_status, rtx);
668 static void var_mem_delete (dataflow_set *, rtx, bool);
669 
670 static void dataflow_set_init (dataflow_set *);
671 static void dataflow_set_clear (dataflow_set *);
672 static void dataflow_set_copy (dataflow_set *, dataflow_set *);
673 static int variable_union_info_cmp_pos (const void *, const void *);
674 static void dataflow_set_union (dataflow_set *, dataflow_set *);
675 static location_chain *find_loc_in_1pdv (rtx, variable *,
676                                                    variable_table_type *);
677 static bool canon_value_cmp (rtx, rtx);
678 static int loc_cmp (rtx, rtx);
679 static bool variable_part_different_p (variable_part *, variable_part *);
680 static bool onepart_variable_different_p (variable *, variable *);
681 static bool variable_different_p (variable *, variable *);
682 static bool dataflow_set_different (dataflow_set *, dataflow_set *);
683 static void dataflow_set_destroy (dataflow_set *);
684 
685 static bool track_expr_p (tree, bool);
686 static void add_uses_1 (rtx *, void *);
687 static void add_stores (rtx, const_rtx, void *);
688 static bool compute_bb_dataflow (basic_block);
689 static bool vt_find_locations (void);
690 
691 static void dump_attrs_list (attrs *);
692 static void dump_var (variable *);
693 static void dump_vars (variable_table_type *);
694 static void dump_dataflow_set (dataflow_set *);
695 static void dump_dataflow_sets (void);
696 
697 static void set_dv_changed (decl_or_value, bool);
698 static void variable_was_changed (variable *, dataflow_set *);
699 static variable **set_slot_part (dataflow_set *, rtx, variable **,
700                                          decl_or_value, HOST_WIDE_INT,
701                                          enum var_init_status, rtx);
702 static void set_variable_part (dataflow_set *, rtx,
703                                      decl_or_value, HOST_WIDE_INT,
704                                      enum var_init_status, rtx, enum insert_option);
705 static variable **clobber_slot_part (dataflow_set *, rtx,
706                                              variable **, HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx);
707 static void clobber_variable_part (dataflow_set *, rtx,
708                                            decl_or_value, HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx);
709 static variable **delete_slot_part (dataflow_set *, rtx, variable **,
710                                             HOST_WIDE_INT);
711 static void delete_variable_part (dataflow_set *, rtx,
712                                           decl_or_value, HOST_WIDE_INT);
713 static void emit_notes_in_bb (basic_block, dataflow_set *);
714 static void vt_emit_notes (void);
715 
716 static void vt_add_function_parameters (void);
717 static bool vt_initialize (void);
718 static void vt_finalize (void);
719 
720 /* Callback for stack_adjust_offset_pre_post, called via for_each_inc_dec.  */
721 
722 static int
stack_adjust_offset_pre_post_cb(rtx,rtx op,rtx dest,rtx src,rtx srcoff,void * arg)723 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post_cb (rtx, rtx op, rtx dest, rtx src, rtx srcoff,
724                                          void *arg)
725 {
726   if (dest != stack_pointer_rtx)
727     return 0;
728 
729   switch (GET_CODE (op))
730     {
731     case PRE_INC:
732     case PRE_DEC:
733       ((HOST_WIDE_INT *)arg)[0] -= INTVAL (srcoff);
734       return 0;
735     case POST_INC:
736     case POST_DEC:
737       ((HOST_WIDE_INT *)arg)[1] -= INTVAL (srcoff);
738       return 0;
739     case PRE_MODIFY:
740     case POST_MODIFY:
741       /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount.  */
742       gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
743                       && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))
744                       && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
745       ((HOST_WIDE_INT *)arg)[GET_CODE (op) == POST_MODIFY]
746           -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
747       return 0;
748     default:
749       gcc_unreachable ();
750     }
751 }
752 
753 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it contains
754    PRE- and POST-modifying stack pointer.
755    This function is similar to stack_adjust_offset.  */
756 
757 static void
stack_adjust_offset_pre_post(rtx pattern,HOST_WIDE_INT * pre,HOST_WIDE_INT * post)758 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT *pre,
759                                     HOST_WIDE_INT *post)
760 {
761   rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
762   rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
763   enum rtx_code code;
764 
765   if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
766     {
767       /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
768       code = GET_CODE (src);
769       if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
770             || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
771             || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
772           return;
773 
774       if (code == MINUS)
775           *post += INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
776       else
777           *post -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
778       return;
779     }
780   HOST_WIDE_INT res[2] = { 0, 0 };
781   for_each_inc_dec (pattern, stack_adjust_offset_pre_post_cb, res);
782   *pre += res[0];
783   *post += res[1];
784 }
785 
786 /* Given an INSN, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it contains
787    PRE- and POST-modifying stack pointer.  */
788 
789 static void
insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post(rtx_insn * insn,HOST_WIDE_INT * pre,HOST_WIDE_INT * post)790 insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx_insn *insn, HOST_WIDE_INT *pre,
791                                            HOST_WIDE_INT *post)
792 {
793   rtx pattern;
794 
795   *pre = 0;
796   *post = 0;
797 
798   pattern = PATTERN (insn);
799   if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
800     {
801       rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
802       if (expr)
803           pattern = XEXP (expr, 0);
804     }
805 
806   if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SET)
807     stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (pattern, pre, post);
808   else if (GET_CODE (pattern) == PARALLEL
809              || GET_CODE (pattern) == SEQUENCE)
810     {
811       int i;
812 
813       /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns.  Search
814            for them.  */
815       for ( i = XVECLEN (pattern, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
816           if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i)) == SET)
817             stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i), pre, post);
818     }
819 }
820 
821 /* Compute stack adjustments for all blocks by traversing DFS tree.
822    Return true when the adjustments on all incoming edges are consistent.
823    Heavily borrowed from pre_and_rev_post_order_compute.  */
824 
825 static bool
vt_stack_adjustments(void)826 vt_stack_adjustments (void)
827 {
828   edge_iterator *stack;
829   int sp;
830 
831   /* Initialize entry block.  */
832   VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))->visited = true;
833   VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))->in.stack_adjust
834     = INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET;
835   VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))->out.stack_adjust
836     = INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET;
837 
838   /* Allocate stack for back-tracking up CFG.  */
839   stack = XNEWVEC (edge_iterator, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) + 1);
840   sp = 0;
841 
842   /* Push the first edge on to the stack.  */
843   stack[sp++] = ei_start (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->succs);
844 
845   while (sp)
846     {
847       edge_iterator ei;
848       basic_block src;
849       basic_block dest;
850 
851       /* Look at the edge on the top of the stack.  */
852       ei = stack[sp - 1];
853       src = ei_edge (ei)->src;
854       dest = ei_edge (ei)->dest;
855 
856       /* Check if the edge destination has been visited yet.  */
857       if (!VTI (dest)->visited)
858           {
859             rtx_insn *insn;
860             HOST_WIDE_INT pre, post, offset;
861             VTI (dest)->visited = true;
862             VTI (dest)->in.stack_adjust = offset = VTI (src)->out.stack_adjust;
863 
864             if (dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
865               for (insn = BB_HEAD (dest);
866                      insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (dest));
867                      insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
868                 if (INSN_P (insn))
869                     {
870                       insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (insn, &pre, &post);
871                       offset += pre + post;
872                     }
873 
874             VTI (dest)->out.stack_adjust = offset;
875 
876             if (EDGE_COUNT (dest->succs) > 0)
877               /* Since the DEST node has been visited for the first
878                  time, check its successors.  */
879               stack[sp++] = ei_start (dest->succs);
880           }
881       else
882           {
883             /* We can end up with different stack adjustments for the exit block
884                of a shrink-wrapped function if stack_adjust_offset_pre_post
885                doesn't understand the rtx pattern used to restore the stack
886                pointer in the epilogue.  For example, on s390(x), the stack
887                pointer is often restored via a load-multiple instruction
888                and so no stack_adjust offset is recorded for it.  This means
889                that the stack offset at the end of the epilogue block is the
890                same as the offset before the epilogue, whereas other paths
891                to the exit block will have the correct stack_adjust.
892 
893                It is safe to ignore these differences because (a) we never
894                use the stack_adjust for the exit block in this pass and
895                (b) dwarf2cfi checks whether the CFA notes in a shrink-wrapped
896                function are correct.
897 
898                We must check whether the adjustments on other edges are
899                the same though.  */
900             if (dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)
901                 && VTI (dest)->in.stack_adjust != VTI (src)->out.stack_adjust)
902               {
903                 free (stack);
904                 return false;
905               }
906 
907             if (! ei_one_before_end_p (ei))
908               /* Go to the next edge.  */
909               ei_next (&stack[sp - 1]);
910             else
911               /* Return to previous level if there are no more edges.  */
912               sp--;
913           }
914     }
915 
916   free (stack);
917   return true;
918 }
919 
920 /* arg_pointer_rtx resp. frame_pointer_rtx if stack_pointer_rtx or
921    hard_frame_pointer_rtx is being mapped to it and offset for it.  */
922 static rtx cfa_base_rtx;
923 static HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_base_offset;
924 
925 /* Compute a CFA-based value for an ADJUSTMENT made to stack_pointer_rtx
926    or hard_frame_pointer_rtx.  */
927 
928 static inline rtx
compute_cfa_pointer(poly_int64 adjustment)929 compute_cfa_pointer (poly_int64 adjustment)
930 {
931   return plus_constant (Pmode, cfa_base_rtx, adjustment + cfa_base_offset);
932 }
933 
934 /* Adjustment for hard_frame_pointer_rtx to cfa base reg,
935    or -1 if the replacement shouldn't be done.  */
936 static poly_int64 hard_frame_pointer_adjustment = -1;
937 
938 /* Data for adjust_mems callback.  */
939 
940 class adjust_mem_data
941 {
942 public:
943   bool store;
944   machine_mode mem_mode;
945   HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust;
946   auto_vec<rtx> side_effects;
947 };
948 
949 /* Helper for adjust_mems.  Return true if X is suitable for
950    transformation of wider mode arithmetics to narrower mode.  */
951 
952 static bool
use_narrower_mode_test(rtx x,const_rtx subreg)953 use_narrower_mode_test (rtx x, const_rtx subreg)
954 {
955   subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array;
956   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter, array, x, NONCONST)
957     {
958       rtx x = *iter;
959       if (CONSTANT_P (x))
960           iter.skip_subrtxes ();
961       else
962           switch (GET_CODE (x))
963             {
964             case REG:
965               if (cselib_lookup (x, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (subreg)), 0, VOIDmode))
966                 return false;
967               if (!validate_subreg (GET_MODE (subreg), GET_MODE (x), x,
968                                           subreg_lowpart_offset (GET_MODE (subreg),
969                                                                        GET_MODE (x))))
970                 return false;
971               break;
972             case PLUS:
973             case MINUS:
974             case MULT:
975               break;
976             case ASHIFT:
977               if (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != VOIDmode)
978                 {
979                     enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (subreg);
980                     rtx op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
981                     enum machine_mode op1_mode = GET_MODE (op1);
982                     if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (as_a <scalar_int_mode> (mode))
983                         < GET_MODE_PRECISION (as_a <scalar_int_mode> (op1_mode)))
984                       {
985                         poly_uint64 byte = subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, op1_mode);
986                         if (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (op1) == CONCAT)
987                           {
988                               if (!simplify_subreg (mode, op1, op1_mode, byte))
989                                 return false;
990                           }
991                         else if (!validate_subreg (mode, op1_mode, op1, byte))
992                           return false;
993                       }
994                 }
995               iter.substitute (XEXP (x, 0));
996               break;
997             default:
998               return false;
999             }
1000     }
1001   return true;
1002 }
1003 
1004 /* Transform X into narrower mode MODE from wider mode WMODE.  */
1005 
1006 static rtx
use_narrower_mode(rtx x,scalar_int_mode mode,scalar_int_mode wmode)1007 use_narrower_mode (rtx x, scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode wmode)
1008 {
1009   rtx op0, op1;
1010   if (CONSTANT_P (x))
1011     return lowpart_subreg (mode, x, wmode);
1012   switch (GET_CODE (x))
1013     {
1014     case REG:
1015       return lowpart_subreg (mode, x, wmode);
1016     case PLUS:
1017     case MINUS:
1018     case MULT:
1019       op0 = use_narrower_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, wmode);
1020       op1 = use_narrower_mode (XEXP (x, 1), mode, wmode);
1021       return simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (x), mode, op0, op1);
1022     case ASHIFT:
1023       op0 = use_narrower_mode (XEXP (x, 0), mode, wmode);
1024       op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
1025       /* Ensure shift amount is not wider than mode.  */
1026       if (GET_MODE (op1) == VOIDmode)
1027           op1 = lowpart_subreg (mode, op1, wmode);
1028       else if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode)
1029                  < GET_MODE_PRECISION (as_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (op1))))
1030           op1 = lowpart_subreg (mode, op1, GET_MODE (op1));
1031       return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, op0, op1);
1032     default:
1033       gcc_unreachable ();
1034     }
1035 }
1036 
1037 /* Helper function for adjusting used MEMs.  */
1038 
1039 static rtx
adjust_mems(rtx loc,const_rtx old_rtx,void * data)1040 adjust_mems (rtx loc, const_rtx old_rtx, void *data)
1041 {
1042   class adjust_mem_data *amd = (class adjust_mem_data *) data;
1043   rtx mem, addr = loc, tem;
1044   machine_mode mem_mode_save;
1045   bool store_save;
1046   scalar_int_mode tem_mode, tem_subreg_mode;
1047   poly_int64 size;
1048   switch (GET_CODE (loc))
1049     {
1050     case REG:
1051       /* Don't do any sp or fp replacements outside of MEM addresses
1052          on the LHS.  */
1053       if (amd->mem_mode == VOIDmode && amd->store)
1054           return loc;
1055       if (loc == stack_pointer_rtx
1056             && !frame_pointer_needed
1057             && cfa_base_rtx)
1058           return compute_cfa_pointer (amd->stack_adjust);
1059       else if (loc == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
1060                  && frame_pointer_needed
1061                  && maybe_ne (hard_frame_pointer_adjustment, -1)
1062                  && cfa_base_rtx)
1063           return compute_cfa_pointer (hard_frame_pointer_adjustment);
1064       gcc_checking_assert (loc != virtual_incoming_args_rtx);
1065       return loc;
1066     case MEM:
1067       mem = loc;
1068       if (!amd->store)
1069           {
1070             mem = targetm.delegitimize_address (mem);
1071             if (mem != loc && !MEM_P (mem))
1072               return simplify_replace_fn_rtx (mem, old_rtx, adjust_mems, data);
1073           }
1074 
1075       addr = XEXP (mem, 0);
1076       mem_mode_save = amd->mem_mode;
1077       amd->mem_mode = GET_MODE (mem);
1078       store_save = amd->store;
1079       amd->store = false;
1080       addr = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr, old_rtx, adjust_mems, data);
1081       amd->store = store_save;
1082       amd->mem_mode = mem_mode_save;
1083       if (mem == loc)
1084           addr = targetm.delegitimize_address (addr);
1085       if (addr != XEXP (mem, 0))
1086           mem = replace_equiv_address_nv (mem, addr);
1087       if (!amd->store)
1088           mem = avoid_constant_pool_reference (mem);
1089       return mem;
1090     case PRE_INC:
1091     case PRE_DEC:
1092       size = GET_MODE_SIZE (amd->mem_mode);
1093       addr = plus_constant (GET_MODE (loc), XEXP (loc, 0),
1094                                   GET_CODE (loc) == PRE_INC ? size : -size);
1095       /* FALLTHRU */
1096     case POST_INC:
1097     case POST_DEC:
1098       if (addr == loc)
1099           addr = XEXP (loc, 0);
1100       gcc_assert (amd->mem_mode != VOIDmode && amd->mem_mode != BLKmode);
1101       addr = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr, old_rtx, adjust_mems, data);
1102       size = GET_MODE_SIZE (amd->mem_mode);
1103       tem = plus_constant (GET_MODE (loc), XEXP (loc, 0),
1104                                  (GET_CODE (loc) == PRE_INC
1105                                   || GET_CODE (loc) == POST_INC) ? size : -size);
1106       store_save = amd->store;
1107       amd->store = false;
1108       tem = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (tem, old_rtx, adjust_mems, data);
1109       amd->store = store_save;
1110       amd->side_effects.safe_push (gen_rtx_SET (XEXP (loc, 0), tem));
1111       return addr;
1112     case PRE_MODIFY:
1113       addr = XEXP (loc, 1);
1114       /* FALLTHRU */
1115     case POST_MODIFY:
1116       if (addr == loc)
1117           addr = XEXP (loc, 0);
1118       gcc_assert (amd->mem_mode != VOIDmode);
1119       addr = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr, old_rtx, adjust_mems, data);
1120       store_save = amd->store;
1121       amd->store = false;
1122       tem = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (loc, 1), old_rtx,
1123                                              adjust_mems, data);
1124       amd->store = store_save;
1125       amd->side_effects.safe_push (gen_rtx_SET (XEXP (loc, 0), tem));
1126       return addr;
1127     case SUBREG:
1128       /* First try without delegitimization of whole MEMs and
1129            avoid_constant_pool_reference, which is more likely to succeed.  */
1130       store_save = amd->store;
1131       amd->store = true;
1132       addr = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (SUBREG_REG (loc), old_rtx, adjust_mems,
1133                                               data);
1134       amd->store = store_save;
1135       mem = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr, old_rtx, adjust_mems, data);
1136       if (mem == SUBREG_REG (loc))
1137           {
1138             tem = loc;
1139             goto finish_subreg;
1140           }
1141       tem = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (loc), mem,
1142                                          GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (loc)),
1143                                          SUBREG_BYTE (loc));
1144       if (tem)
1145           goto finish_subreg;
1146       tem = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (loc), addr,
1147                                          GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (loc)),
1148                                          SUBREG_BYTE (loc));
1149       if (tem == NULL_RTX)
1150           tem = gen_rtx_raw_SUBREG (GET_MODE (loc), addr, SUBREG_BYTE (loc));
1151     finish_subreg:
1152       if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
1153             && GET_CODE (tem) == SUBREG
1154             && (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem)) == PLUS
1155                 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem)) == MINUS
1156                 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem)) == MULT
1157                 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem)) == ASHIFT)
1158             && is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (tem), &tem_mode)
1159             && is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (tem)),
1160                                              &tem_subreg_mode)
1161             && (GET_MODE_PRECISION (tem_mode)
1162                 < GET_MODE_PRECISION (tem_subreg_mode))
1163             && subreg_lowpart_p (tem)
1164             && use_narrower_mode_test (SUBREG_REG (tem), tem))
1165           return use_narrower_mode (SUBREG_REG (tem), tem_mode, tem_subreg_mode);
1166       return tem;
1167     case ASM_OPERANDS:
1168       /* Don't do any replacements in second and following
1169            ASM_OPERANDS of inline-asm with multiple sets.
1170            ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC, ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC
1171            and ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC need to be equal between
1172            all the ASM_OPERANDs in the insn and adjust_insn will
1173            fix this up.  */
1174       if (ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (loc) != 0)
1175           return loc;
1176       break;
1177     default:
1178       break;
1179     }
1180   return NULL_RTX;
1181 }
1182 
1183 /* Helper function for replacement of uses.  */
1184 
1185 static void
adjust_mem_uses(rtx * x,void * data)1186 adjust_mem_uses (rtx *x, void *data)
1187 {
1188   rtx new_x = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (*x, NULL_RTX, adjust_mems, data);
1189   if (new_x != *x)
1190     validate_change (NULL_RTX, x, new_x, true);
1191 }
1192 
1193 /* Helper function for replacement of stores.  */
1194 
1195 static void
adjust_mem_stores(rtx loc,const_rtx expr,void * data)1196 adjust_mem_stores (rtx loc, const_rtx expr, void *data)
1197 {
1198   if (MEM_P (loc))
1199     {
1200       rtx new_dest = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (SET_DEST (expr), NULL_RTX,
1201                                                         adjust_mems, data);
1202       if (new_dest != SET_DEST (expr))
1203           {
1204             rtx xexpr = CONST_CAST_RTX (expr);
1205             validate_change (NULL_RTX, &SET_DEST (xexpr), new_dest, true);
1206           }
1207     }
1208 }
1209 
1210 /* Simplify INSN.  Remove all {PRE,POST}_{INC,DEC,MODIFY} rtxes,
1211    replace them with their value in the insn and add the side-effects
1212    as other sets to the insn.  */
1213 
1214 static void
adjust_insn(basic_block bb,rtx_insn * insn)1215 adjust_insn (basic_block bb, rtx_insn *insn)
1216 {
1217   rtx set;
1218 
1219 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
1220   /* If the target machine has an explicit window save instruction, the
1221      transformation OUTGOING_REGNO -> INCOMING_REGNO is done there.  */
1222   if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn)
1223       && find_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_WINDOW_SAVE, NULL_RTX))
1224     {
1225       unsigned int i, nregs = vec_safe_length (windowed_parm_regs);
1226       rtx rtl = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (nregs * 2));
1227       parm_reg *p;
1228 
1229       FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (windowed_parm_regs, i, p)
1230           {
1231             XVECEXP (rtl, 0, i * 2)
1232               = gen_rtx_SET (p->incoming, p->outgoing);
1233             /* Do not clobber the attached DECL, but only the REG.  */
1234             XVECEXP (rtl, 0, i * 2 + 1)
1235               = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (GET_MODE (p->outgoing),
1236                                      gen_raw_REG (GET_MODE (p->outgoing),
1237                                                       REGNO (p->outgoing)));
1238           }
1239 
1240       validate_change (NULL_RTX, &PATTERN (insn), rtl, true);
1241       return;
1242     }
1243 #endif
1244 
1245   adjust_mem_data amd;
1246   amd.mem_mode = VOIDmode;
1247   amd.stack_adjust = -VTI (bb)->out.stack_adjust;
1248 
1249   amd.store = true;
1250   note_stores (insn, adjust_mem_stores, &amd);
1251 
1252   amd.store = false;
1253   if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1254       && asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) > 0
1255       && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET)
1256     {
1257       rtx body, set0;
1258       int i;
1259 
1260       /* inline-asm with multiple sets is tiny bit more complicated,
1261            because the 3 vectors in ASM_OPERANDS need to be shared between
1262            all ASM_OPERANDS in the instruction.  adjust_mems will
1263            not touch ASM_OPERANDS other than the first one, asm_noperands
1264            test above needs to be called before that (otherwise it would fail)
1265            and afterwards this code fixes it up.  */
1266       note_uses (&PATTERN (insn), adjust_mem_uses, &amd);
1267       body = PATTERN (insn);
1268       set0 = XVECEXP (body, 0, 0);
1269       gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (set0) == SET
1270                                  && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set0)) == ASM_OPERANDS
1271                                  && ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (SET_SRC (set0)) == 0);
1272       for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1273           if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)) != SET)
1274             break;
1275           else
1276             {
1277               set = XVECEXP (body, 0, i);
1278               gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == ASM_OPERANDS
1279                                          && ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (SET_SRC (set))
1280                                             == i);
1281               if (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (SET_SRC (set))
1282                     != ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0))
1283                     || ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (SET_SRC (set))
1284                        != ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0))
1285                     || ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (SET_SRC (set))
1286                        != ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (SET_SRC (set0)))
1287                 {
1288                     rtx newsrc = shallow_copy_rtx (SET_SRC (set));
1289                     ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (newsrc)
1290                       = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0));
1291                     ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (newsrc)
1292                       = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0));
1293                     ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (newsrc)
1294                       = ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (SET_SRC (set0));
1295                     validate_change (NULL_RTX, &SET_SRC (set), newsrc, true);
1296                 }
1297             }
1298     }
1299   else
1300     note_uses (&PATTERN (insn), adjust_mem_uses, &amd);
1301 
1302   /* For read-only MEMs containing some constant, prefer those
1303      constants.  */
1304   set = single_set (insn);
1305   if (set && MEM_P (SET_SRC (set)) && MEM_READONLY_P (SET_SRC (set)))
1306     {
1307       rtx note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
1308 
1309       if (note && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
1310           validate_change (NULL_RTX, &SET_SRC (set), XEXP (note, 0), true);
1311     }
1312 
1313   if (!amd.side_effects.is_empty ())
1314     {
1315       rtx *pat, new_pat;
1316       int i, oldn;
1317 
1318       pat = &PATTERN (insn);
1319       if (GET_CODE (*pat) == COND_EXEC)
1320           pat = &COND_EXEC_CODE (*pat);
1321       if (GET_CODE (*pat) == PARALLEL)
1322           oldn = XVECLEN (*pat, 0);
1323       else
1324           oldn = 1;
1325       unsigned int newn = amd.side_effects.length ();
1326       new_pat = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (oldn + newn));
1327       if (GET_CODE (*pat) == PARALLEL)
1328           for (i = 0; i < oldn; i++)
1329             XVECEXP (new_pat, 0, i) = XVECEXP (*pat, 0, i);
1330       else
1331           XVECEXP (new_pat, 0, 0) = *pat;
1332 
1333       rtx effect;
1334       unsigned int j;
1335       FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT_REVERSE (amd.side_effects, j, effect)
1336           XVECEXP (new_pat, 0, j + oldn) = effect;
1337       validate_change (NULL_RTX, pat, new_pat, true);
1338     }
1339 }
1340 
1341 /* Return the DEBUG_EXPR of a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL or the VALUE in DV.  */
1342 static inline rtx
dv_as_rtx(decl_or_value dv)1343 dv_as_rtx (decl_or_value dv)
1344 {
1345   tree decl;
1346 
1347   if (dv_is_value_p (dv))
1348     return dv_as_value (dv);
1349 
1350   decl = dv_as_decl (dv);
1351 
1352   gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL);
1353   return DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (decl);
1354 }
1355 
1356 /* Return nonzero if a decl_or_value must not have more than one
1357    variable part.  The returned value discriminates among various
1358    kinds of one-part DVs ccording to enum onepart_enum.  */
1359 static inline onepart_enum
dv_onepart_p(decl_or_value dv)1360 dv_onepart_p (decl_or_value dv)
1361 {
1362   tree decl;
1363 
1364   if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
1365     return NOT_ONEPART;
1366 
1367   if (dv_is_value_p (dv))
1368     return ONEPART_VALUE;
1369 
1370   decl = dv_as_decl (dv);
1371 
1372   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL)
1373     return ONEPART_DEXPR;
1374 
1375   if (target_for_debug_bind (decl) != NULL_TREE)
1376     return ONEPART_VDECL;
1377 
1378   return NOT_ONEPART;
1379 }
1380 
1381 /* Return the variable pool to be used for a dv of type ONEPART.  */
1382 static inline pool_allocator &
onepart_pool(onepart_enum onepart)1383 onepart_pool (onepart_enum onepart)
1384 {
1385   return onepart ? valvar_pool : var_pool;
1386 }
1387 
1388 /* Allocate a variable_def from the corresponding variable pool.  */
1389 static inline variable *
onepart_pool_allocate(onepart_enum onepart)1390 onepart_pool_allocate (onepart_enum onepart)
1391 {
1392   return (variable*) onepart_pool (onepart).allocate ();
1393 }
1394 
1395 /* Build a decl_or_value out of a decl.  */
1396 static inline decl_or_value
dv_from_decl(tree decl)1397 dv_from_decl (tree decl)
1398 {
1399   decl_or_value dv;
1400   dv = decl;
1401   gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_decl_p (dv));
1402   return dv;
1403 }
1404 
1405 /* Build a decl_or_value out of a value.  */
1406 static inline decl_or_value
dv_from_value(rtx value)1407 dv_from_value (rtx value)
1408 {
1409   decl_or_value dv;
1410   dv = value;
1411   gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_value_p (dv));
1412   return dv;
1413 }
1414 
1415 /* Return a value or the decl of a debug_expr as a decl_or_value.  */
1416 static inline decl_or_value
dv_from_rtx(rtx x)1417 dv_from_rtx (rtx x)
1418 {
1419   decl_or_value dv;
1420 
1421   switch (GET_CODE (x))
1422     {
1423     case DEBUG_EXPR:
1424       dv = dv_from_decl (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x));
1425       gcc_checking_assert (DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x)) == x);
1426       break;
1427 
1428     case VALUE:
1429       dv = dv_from_value (x);
1430       break;
1431 
1432     default:
1433       gcc_unreachable ();
1434     }
1435 
1436   return dv;
1437 }
1438 
1439 extern void debug_dv (decl_or_value dv);
1440 
1441 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
debug_dv(decl_or_value dv)1442 debug_dv (decl_or_value dv)
1443 {
1444   if (dv_is_value_p (dv))
1445     debug_rtx (dv_as_value (dv));
1446   else
1447     debug_generic_stmt (dv_as_decl (dv));
1448 }
1449 
1450 static void loc_exp_dep_clear (variable *var);
1451 
1452 /* Free the element of VARIABLE_HTAB (its type is struct variable_def).  */
1453 
1454 static void
variable_htab_free(void * elem)1455 variable_htab_free (void *elem)
1456 {
1457   int i;
1458   variable *var = (variable *) elem;
1459   location_chain *node, *next;
1460 
1461   gcc_checking_assert (var->refcount > 0);
1462 
1463   var->refcount--;
1464   if (var->refcount > 0)
1465     return;
1466 
1467   for (i = 0; i < var->n_var_parts; i++)
1468     {
1469       for (node = var->var_part[i].loc_chain; node; node = next)
1470           {
1471             next = node->next;
1472             delete node;
1473           }
1474       var->var_part[i].loc_chain = NULL;
1475     }
1476   if (var->onepart && VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
1477     {
1478       loc_exp_dep_clear (var);
1479       if (VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var))
1480           VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var)->pprev = NULL;
1481       XDELETE (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var));
1482       /* These may be reused across functions, so reset
1483            e.g. NO_LOC_P.  */
1484       if (var->onepart == ONEPART_DEXPR)
1485           set_dv_changed (var->dv, true);
1486     }
1487   onepart_pool (var->onepart).remove (var);
1488 }
1489 
1490 /* Initialize the set (array) SET of attrs to empty lists.  */
1491 
1492 static void
init_attrs_list_set(attrs ** set)1493 init_attrs_list_set (attrs **set)
1494 {
1495   int i;
1496 
1497   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
1498     set[i] = NULL;
1499 }
1500 
1501 /* Make the list *LISTP empty.  */
1502 
1503 static void
attrs_list_clear(attrs ** listp)1504 attrs_list_clear (attrs **listp)
1505 {
1506   attrs *list, *next;
1507 
1508   for (list = *listp; list; list = next)
1509     {
1510       next = list->next;
1511       delete list;
1512     }
1513   *listp = NULL;
1514 }
1515 
1516 /* Return true if the pair of DECL and OFFSET is the member of the LIST.  */
1517 
1518 static attrs *
attrs_list_member(attrs * list,decl_or_value dv,HOST_WIDE_INT offset)1519 attrs_list_member (attrs *list, decl_or_value dv, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1520 {
1521   for (; list; list = list->next)
1522     if (dv_as_opaque (list->dv) == dv_as_opaque (dv) && list->offset == offset)
1523       return list;
1524   return NULL;
1525 }
1526 
1527 /* Insert the triplet DECL, OFFSET, LOC to the list *LISTP.  */
1528 
1529 static void
attrs_list_insert(attrs ** listp,decl_or_value dv,HOST_WIDE_INT offset,rtx loc)1530 attrs_list_insert (attrs **listp, decl_or_value dv,
1531                        HOST_WIDE_INT offset, rtx loc)
1532 {
1533   attrs *list = new attrs;
1534   list->loc = loc;
1535   list->dv = dv;
1536   list->offset = offset;
1537   list->next = *listp;
1538   *listp = list;
1539 }
1540 
1541 /* Copy all nodes from SRC and create a list *DSTP of the copies.  */
1542 
1543 static void
attrs_list_copy(attrs ** dstp,attrs * src)1544 attrs_list_copy (attrs **dstp, attrs *src)
1545 {
1546   attrs_list_clear (dstp);
1547   for (; src; src = src->next)
1548     {
1549       attrs *n = new attrs;
1550       n->loc = src->loc;
1551       n->dv = src->dv;
1552       n->offset = src->offset;
1553       n->next = *dstp;
1554       *dstp = n;
1555     }
1556 }
1557 
1558 /* Add all nodes from SRC which are not in *DSTP to *DSTP.  */
1559 
1560 static void
attrs_list_union(attrs ** dstp,attrs * src)1561 attrs_list_union (attrs **dstp, attrs *src)
1562 {
1563   for (; src; src = src->next)
1564     {
1565       if (!attrs_list_member (*dstp, src->dv, src->offset))
1566           attrs_list_insert (dstp, src->dv, src->offset, src->loc);
1567     }
1568 }
1569 
1570 /* Combine nodes that are not onepart nodes from SRC and SRC2 into
1571    *DSTP.  */
1572 
1573 static void
attrs_list_mpdv_union(attrs ** dstp,attrs * src,attrs * src2)1574 attrs_list_mpdv_union (attrs **dstp, attrs *src, attrs *src2)
1575 {
1576   gcc_assert (!*dstp);
1577   for (; src; src = src->next)
1578     {
1579       if (!dv_onepart_p (src->dv))
1580           attrs_list_insert (dstp, src->dv, src->offset, src->loc);
1581     }
1582   for (src = src2; src; src = src->next)
1583     {
1584       if (!dv_onepart_p (src->dv)
1585             && !attrs_list_member (*dstp, src->dv, src->offset))
1586           attrs_list_insert (dstp, src->dv, src->offset, src->loc);
1587     }
1588 }
1589 
1590 /* Shared hashtable support.  */
1591 
1592 /* Return true if VARS is shared.  */
1593 
1594 static inline bool
shared_hash_shared(shared_hash * vars)1595 shared_hash_shared (shared_hash *vars)
1596 {
1597   return vars->refcount > 1;
1598 }
1599 
1600 /* Return the hash table for VARS.  */
1601 
1602 static inline variable_table_type *
shared_hash_htab(shared_hash * vars)1603 shared_hash_htab (shared_hash *vars)
1604 {
1605   return vars->htab;
1606 }
1607 
1608 /* Return true if VAR is shared, or maybe because VARS is shared.  */
1609 
1610 static inline bool
shared_var_p(variable * var,shared_hash * vars)1611 shared_var_p (variable *var, shared_hash *vars)
1612 {
1613   /* Don't count an entry in the changed_variables table as a duplicate.  */
1614   return ((var->refcount > 1 + (int) var->in_changed_variables)
1615             || shared_hash_shared (vars));
1616 }
1617 
1618 /* Copy variables into a new hash table.  */
1619 
1620 static shared_hash *
shared_hash_unshare(shared_hash * vars)1621 shared_hash_unshare (shared_hash *vars)
1622 {
1623   shared_hash *new_vars = new shared_hash;
1624   gcc_assert (vars->refcount > 1);
1625   new_vars->refcount = 1;
1626   new_vars->htab = new variable_table_type (vars->htab->elements () + 3);
1627   vars_copy (new_vars->htab, vars->htab);
1628   vars->refcount--;
1629   return new_vars;
1630 }
1631 
1632 /* Increment reference counter on VARS and return it.  */
1633 
1634 static inline shared_hash *
shared_hash_copy(shared_hash * vars)1635 shared_hash_copy (shared_hash *vars)
1636 {
1637   vars->refcount++;
1638   return vars;
1639 }
1640 
1641 /* Decrement reference counter and destroy hash table if not shared
1642    anymore.  */
1643 
1644 static void
shared_hash_destroy(shared_hash * vars)1645 shared_hash_destroy (shared_hash *vars)
1646 {
1647   gcc_checking_assert (vars->refcount > 0);
1648   if (--vars->refcount == 0)
1649     {
1650       delete vars->htab;
1651       delete vars;
1652     }
1653 }
1654 
1655 /* Unshare *PVARS if shared and return slot for DV.  If INS is
1656    INSERT, insert it if not already present.  */
1657 
1658 static inline variable **
shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1(shared_hash ** pvars,decl_or_value dv,hashval_t dvhash,enum insert_option ins)1659 shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (shared_hash **pvars, decl_or_value dv,
1660                                          hashval_t dvhash, enum insert_option ins)
1661 {
1662   if (shared_hash_shared (*pvars))
1663     *pvars = shared_hash_unshare (*pvars);
1664   return shared_hash_htab (*pvars)->find_slot_with_hash (dv, dvhash, ins);
1665 }
1666 
1667 static inline variable **
shared_hash_find_slot_unshare(shared_hash ** pvars,decl_or_value dv,enum insert_option ins)1668 shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (shared_hash **pvars, decl_or_value dv,
1669                                      enum insert_option ins)
1670 {
1671   return shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (pvars, dv, dv_htab_hash (dv), ins);
1672 }
1673 
1674 /* Return slot for DV, if it is already present in the hash table.
1675    If it is not present, insert it only VARS is not shared, otherwise
1676    return NULL.  */
1677 
1678 static inline variable **
shared_hash_find_slot_1(shared_hash * vars,decl_or_value dv,hashval_t dvhash)1679 shared_hash_find_slot_1 (shared_hash *vars, decl_or_value dv, hashval_t dvhash)
1680 {
1681   return shared_hash_htab (vars)->find_slot_with_hash (dv, dvhash,
1682                                                                    shared_hash_shared (vars)
1683                                                                    ? NO_INSERT : INSERT);
1684 }
1685 
1686 static inline variable **
shared_hash_find_slot(shared_hash * vars,decl_or_value dv)1687 shared_hash_find_slot (shared_hash *vars, decl_or_value dv)
1688 {
1689   return shared_hash_find_slot_1 (vars, dv, dv_htab_hash (dv));
1690 }
1691 
1692 /* Return slot for DV only if it is already present in the hash table.  */
1693 
1694 static inline variable **
shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1(shared_hash * vars,decl_or_value dv,hashval_t dvhash)1695 shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (shared_hash *vars, decl_or_value dv,
1696                                           hashval_t dvhash)
1697 {
1698   return shared_hash_htab (vars)->find_slot_with_hash (dv, dvhash, NO_INSERT);
1699 }
1700 
1701 static inline variable **
shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert(shared_hash * vars,decl_or_value dv)1702 shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (shared_hash *vars, decl_or_value dv)
1703 {
1704   return shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (vars, dv, dv_htab_hash (dv));
1705 }
1706 
1707 /* Return variable for DV or NULL if not already present in the hash
1708    table.  */
1709 
1710 static inline variable *
shared_hash_find_1(shared_hash * vars,decl_or_value dv,hashval_t dvhash)1711 shared_hash_find_1 (shared_hash *vars, decl_or_value dv, hashval_t dvhash)
1712 {
1713   return shared_hash_htab (vars)->find_with_hash (dv, dvhash);
1714 }
1715 
1716 static inline variable *
shared_hash_find(shared_hash * vars,decl_or_value dv)1717 shared_hash_find (shared_hash *vars, decl_or_value dv)
1718 {
1719   return shared_hash_find_1 (vars, dv, dv_htab_hash (dv));
1720 }
1721 
1722 /* Return true if TVAL is better than CVAL as a canonival value.  We
1723    choose lowest-numbered VALUEs, using the RTX address as a
1724    tie-breaker.  The idea is to arrange them into a star topology,
1725    such that all of them are at most one step away from the canonical
1726    value, and the canonical value has backlinks to all of them, in
1727    addition to all the actual locations.  We don't enforce this
1728    topology throughout the entire dataflow analysis, though.
1729  */
1730 
1731 static inline bool
canon_value_cmp(rtx tval,rtx cval)1732 canon_value_cmp (rtx tval, rtx cval)
1733 {
1734   return !cval
1735     || CSELIB_VAL_PTR (tval)->uid < CSELIB_VAL_PTR (cval)->uid;
1736 }
1737 
1738 static bool dst_can_be_shared;
1739 
1740 /* Return a copy of a variable VAR and insert it to dataflow set SET.  */
1741 
1742 static variable **
unshare_variable(dataflow_set * set,variable ** slot,variable * var,enum var_init_status initialized)1743 unshare_variable (dataflow_set *set, variable **slot, variable *var,
1744                       enum var_init_status initialized)
1745 {
1746   variable *new_var;
1747   int i;
1748 
1749   new_var = onepart_pool_allocate (var->onepart);
1750   new_var->dv = var->dv;
1751   new_var->refcount = 1;
1752   var->refcount--;
1753   new_var->n_var_parts = var->n_var_parts;
1754   new_var->onepart = var->onepart;
1755   new_var->in_changed_variables = false;
1756 
1757   if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit)
1758     initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
1759 
1760   for (i = 0; i < var->n_var_parts; i++)
1761     {
1762       location_chain *node;
1763       location_chain **nextp;
1764 
1765       if (i == 0 && var->onepart)
1766           {
1767             /* One-part auxiliary data is only used while emitting
1768                notes, so propagate it to the new variable in the active
1769                dataflow set.  If we're not emitting notes, this will be
1770                a no-op.  */
1771             gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) || emit_notes);
1772             VAR_LOC_1PAUX (new_var) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var);
1773             VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) = NULL;
1774           }
1775       else
1776           VAR_PART_OFFSET (new_var, i) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, i);
1777       nextp = &new_var->var_part[i].loc_chain;
1778       for (node = var->var_part[i].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
1779           {
1780             location_chain *new_lc;
1781 
1782             new_lc = new location_chain;
1783             new_lc->next = NULL;
1784             if (node->init > initialized)
1785               new_lc->init = node->init;
1786             else
1787               new_lc->init = initialized;
1788             if (node->set_src && !(MEM_P (node->set_src)))
1789               new_lc->set_src = node->set_src;
1790             else
1791               new_lc->set_src = NULL;
1792             new_lc->loc = node->loc;
1793 
1794             *nextp = new_lc;
1795             nextp = &new_lc->next;
1796           }
1797 
1798       new_var->var_part[i].cur_loc = var->var_part[i].cur_loc;
1799     }
1800 
1801   dst_can_be_shared = false;
1802   if (shared_hash_shared (set->vars))
1803     slot = shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set->vars, var->dv, NO_INSERT);
1804   else if (set->traversed_vars && set->vars != set->traversed_vars)
1805     slot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, var->dv);
1806   *slot = new_var;
1807   if (var->in_changed_variables)
1808     {
1809       variable **cslot
1810           = changed_variables->find_slot_with_hash (var->dv,
1811                                                               dv_htab_hash (var->dv),
1812                                                               NO_INSERT);
1813       gcc_assert (*cslot == (void *) var);
1814       var->in_changed_variables = false;
1815       variable_htab_free (var);
1816       *cslot = new_var;
1817       new_var->in_changed_variables = true;
1818     }
1819   return slot;
1820 }
1821 
1822 /* Copy all variables from hash table SRC to hash table DST.  */
1823 
1824 static void
vars_copy(variable_table_type * dst,variable_table_type * src)1825 vars_copy (variable_table_type *dst, variable_table_type *src)
1826 {
1827   variable_iterator_type hi;
1828   variable *var;
1829 
1830   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*src, var, variable, hi)
1831     {
1832       variable **dstp;
1833       var->refcount++;
1834       dstp = dst->find_slot_with_hash (var->dv, dv_htab_hash (var->dv),
1835                                                INSERT);
1836       *dstp = var;
1837     }
1838 }
1839 
1840 /* Map a decl to its main debug decl.  */
1841 
1842 static inline tree
var_debug_decl(tree decl)1843 var_debug_decl (tree decl)
1844 {
1845   if (decl && VAR_P (decl) && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (decl))
1846     {
1847       tree debugdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
1848       if (DECL_P (debugdecl))
1849           decl = debugdecl;
1850     }
1851 
1852   return decl;
1853 }
1854 
1855 /* Set the register LOC to contain DV, OFFSET.  */
1856 
1857 static void
var_reg_decl_set(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,enum var_init_status initialized,decl_or_value dv,HOST_WIDE_INT offset,rtx set_src,enum insert_option iopt)1858 var_reg_decl_set (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, enum var_init_status initialized,
1859                       decl_or_value dv, HOST_WIDE_INT offset, rtx set_src,
1860                       enum insert_option iopt)
1861 {
1862   attrs *node;
1863   bool decl_p = dv_is_decl_p (dv);
1864 
1865   if (decl_p)
1866     dv = dv_from_decl (var_debug_decl (dv_as_decl (dv)));
1867 
1868   for (node = set->regs[REGNO (loc)]; node; node = node->next)
1869     if (dv_as_opaque (node->dv) == dv_as_opaque (dv)
1870           && node->offset == offset)
1871       break;
1872   if (!node)
1873     attrs_list_insert (&set->regs[REGNO (loc)], dv, offset, loc);
1874   set_variable_part (set, loc, dv, offset, initialized, set_src, iopt);
1875 }
1876 
1877 /* Return true if we should track a location that is OFFSET bytes from
1878    a variable.  Store the constant offset in *OFFSET_OUT if so.  */
1879 
1880 static bool
track_offset_p(poly_int64 offset,HOST_WIDE_INT * offset_out)1881 track_offset_p (poly_int64 offset, HOST_WIDE_INT *offset_out)
1882 {
1883   HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset;
1884   if (!offset.is_constant (&const_offset)
1885       || !IN_RANGE (const_offset, 0, MAX_VAR_PARTS - 1))
1886     return false;
1887   *offset_out = const_offset;
1888   return true;
1889 }
1890 
1891 /* Return the offset of a register that track_offset_p says we
1892    should track.  */
1893 
1894 static HOST_WIDE_INT
get_tracked_reg_offset(rtx loc)1895 get_tracked_reg_offset (rtx loc)
1896 {
1897   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1898   if (!track_offset_p (REG_OFFSET (loc), &offset))
1899     gcc_unreachable ();
1900   return offset;
1901 }
1902 
1903 /* Set the register to contain REG_EXPR (LOC), REG_OFFSET (LOC).  */
1904 
1905 static void
var_reg_set(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,enum var_init_status initialized,rtx set_src)1906 var_reg_set (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, enum var_init_status initialized,
1907                rtx set_src)
1908 {
1909   tree decl = REG_EXPR (loc);
1910   HOST_WIDE_INT offset = get_tracked_reg_offset (loc);
1911 
1912   var_reg_decl_set (set, loc, initialized,
1913                         dv_from_decl (decl), offset, set_src, INSERT);
1914 }
1915 
1916 static enum var_init_status
get_init_value(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,decl_or_value dv)1917 get_init_value (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, decl_or_value dv)
1918 {
1919   variable *var;
1920   int i;
1921   enum var_init_status ret_val = VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN;
1922 
1923   if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit)
1924     return VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
1925 
1926   var = shared_hash_find (set->vars, dv);
1927   if (var)
1928     {
1929       for (i = 0; i < var->n_var_parts && ret_val == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN; i++)
1930           {
1931             location_chain *nextp;
1932             for (nextp = var->var_part[i].loc_chain; nextp; nextp = nextp->next)
1933               if (rtx_equal_p (nextp->loc, loc))
1934                 {
1935                     ret_val = nextp->init;
1936                     break;
1937                 }
1938           }
1939     }
1940 
1941   return ret_val;
1942 }
1943 
1944 /* Delete current content of register LOC in dataflow set SET and set
1945    the register to contain REG_EXPR (LOC), REG_OFFSET (LOC).  If
1946    MODIFY is true, any other live copies of the same variable part are
1947    also deleted from the dataflow set, otherwise the variable part is
1948    assumed to be copied from another location holding the same
1949    part.  */
1950 
1951 static void
var_reg_delete_and_set(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,bool modify,enum var_init_status initialized,rtx set_src)1952 var_reg_delete_and_set (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, bool modify,
1953                               enum var_init_status initialized, rtx set_src)
1954 {
1955   tree decl = REG_EXPR (loc);
1956   HOST_WIDE_INT offset = get_tracked_reg_offset (loc);
1957   attrs *node, *next;
1958   attrs **nextp;
1959 
1960   decl = var_debug_decl (decl);
1961 
1962   if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN)
1963     initialized = get_init_value (set, loc, dv_from_decl (decl));
1964 
1965   nextp = &set->regs[REGNO (loc)];
1966   for (node = *nextp; node; node = next)
1967     {
1968       next = node->next;
1969       if (dv_as_opaque (node->dv) != decl || node->offset != offset)
1970           {
1971             delete_variable_part (set, node->loc, node->dv, node->offset);
1972             delete node;
1973             *nextp = next;
1974           }
1975       else
1976           {
1977             node->loc = loc;
1978             nextp = &node->next;
1979           }
1980     }
1981   if (modify)
1982     clobber_variable_part (set, loc, dv_from_decl (decl), offset, set_src);
1983   var_reg_set (set, loc, initialized, set_src);
1984 }
1985 
1986 /* Delete the association of register LOC in dataflow set SET with any
1987    variables that aren't onepart.  If CLOBBER is true, also delete any
1988    other live copies of the same variable part, and delete the
1989    association with onepart dvs too.  */
1990 
1991 static void
var_reg_delete(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,bool clobber)1992 var_reg_delete (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, bool clobber)
1993 {
1994   attrs **nextp = &set->regs[REGNO (loc)];
1995   attrs *node, *next;
1996 
1997   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1998   if (clobber && track_offset_p (REG_OFFSET (loc), &offset))
1999     {
2000       tree decl = REG_EXPR (loc);
2001 
2002       decl = var_debug_decl (decl);
2003 
2004       clobber_variable_part (set, NULL, dv_from_decl (decl), offset, NULL);
2005     }
2006 
2007   for (node = *nextp; node; node = next)
2008     {
2009       next = node->next;
2010       if (clobber || !dv_onepart_p (node->dv))
2011           {
2012             delete_variable_part (set, node->loc, node->dv, node->offset);
2013             delete node;
2014             *nextp = next;
2015           }
2016       else
2017           nextp = &node->next;
2018     }
2019 }
2020 
2021 /* Delete content of register with number REGNO in dataflow set SET.  */
2022 
2023 static void
var_regno_delete(dataflow_set * set,int regno)2024 var_regno_delete (dataflow_set *set, int regno)
2025 {
2026   attrs **reg = &set->regs[regno];
2027   attrs *node, *next;
2028 
2029   for (node = *reg; node; node = next)
2030     {
2031       next = node->next;
2032       delete_variable_part (set, node->loc, node->dv, node->offset);
2033       delete node;
2034     }
2035   *reg = NULL;
2036 }
2037 
2038 /* Return true if I is the negated value of a power of two.  */
2039 static bool
negative_power_of_two_p(HOST_WIDE_INT i)2040 negative_power_of_two_p (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
2041 {
2042   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT x = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)i;
2043   return pow2_or_zerop (x);
2044 }
2045 
2046 /* Strip constant offsets and alignments off of LOC.  Return the base
2047    expression.  */
2048 
2049 static rtx
vt_get_canonicalize_base(rtx loc)2050 vt_get_canonicalize_base (rtx loc)
2051 {
2052   while ((GET_CODE (loc) == PLUS
2053             || GET_CODE (loc) == AND)
2054            && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc, 1)) == CONST_INT
2055            && (GET_CODE (loc) != AND
2056                || negative_power_of_two_p (INTVAL (XEXP (loc, 1)))))
2057     loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
2058 
2059   return loc;
2060 }
2061 
2062 /* This caches canonicalized addresses for VALUEs, computed using
2063    information in the global cselib table.  */
2064 static hash_map<rtx, rtx> *global_get_addr_cache;
2065 
2066 /* This caches canonicalized addresses for VALUEs, computed using
2067    information from the global cache and information pertaining to a
2068    basic block being analyzed.  */
2069 static hash_map<rtx, rtx> *local_get_addr_cache;
2070 
2071 static rtx vt_canonicalize_addr (dataflow_set *, rtx);
2072 
2073 /* Return the canonical address for LOC, that must be a VALUE, using a
2074    cached global equivalence or computing it and storing it in the
2075    global cache.  */
2076 
2077 static rtx
get_addr_from_global_cache(rtx const loc)2078 get_addr_from_global_cache (rtx const loc)
2079 {
2080   rtx x;
2081 
2082   gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc) == VALUE);
2083 
2084   bool existed;
2085   rtx *slot = &global_get_addr_cache->get_or_insert (loc, &existed);
2086   if (existed)
2087     return *slot;
2088 
2089   x = canon_rtx (get_addr (loc));
2090 
2091   /* Tentative, avoiding infinite recursion.  */
2092   *slot = x;
2093 
2094   if (x != loc)
2095     {
2096       rtx nx = vt_canonicalize_addr (NULL, x);
2097       if (nx != x)
2098           {
2099             /* The table may have moved during recursion, recompute
2100                SLOT.  */
2101             *global_get_addr_cache->get (loc) = x = nx;
2102           }
2103     }
2104 
2105   return x;
2106 }
2107 
2108 /* Return the canonical address for LOC, that must be a VALUE, using a
2109    cached local equivalence or computing it and storing it in the
2110    local cache.  */
2111 
2112 static rtx
get_addr_from_local_cache(dataflow_set * set,rtx const loc)2113 get_addr_from_local_cache (dataflow_set *set, rtx const loc)
2114 {
2115   rtx x;
2116   decl_or_value dv;
2117   variable *var;
2118   location_chain *l;
2119 
2120   gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc) == VALUE);
2121 
2122   bool existed;
2123   rtx *slot = &local_get_addr_cache->get_or_insert (loc, &existed);
2124   if (existed)
2125     return *slot;
2126 
2127   x = get_addr_from_global_cache (loc);
2128 
2129   /* Tentative, avoiding infinite recursion.  */
2130   *slot = x;
2131 
2132   /* Recurse to cache local expansion of X, or if we need to search
2133      for a VALUE in the expansion.  */
2134   if (x != loc)
2135     {
2136       rtx nx = vt_canonicalize_addr (set, x);
2137       if (nx != x)
2138           {
2139             slot = local_get_addr_cache->get (loc);
2140             *slot = x = nx;
2141           }
2142       return x;
2143     }
2144 
2145   dv = dv_from_rtx (x);
2146   var = shared_hash_find (set->vars, dv);
2147   if (!var)
2148     return x;
2149 
2150   /* Look for an improved equivalent expression.  */
2151   for (l = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; l; l = l->next)
2152     {
2153       rtx base = vt_get_canonicalize_base (l->loc);
2154       if (GET_CODE (base) == VALUE
2155             && canon_value_cmp (base, loc))
2156           {
2157             rtx nx = vt_canonicalize_addr (set, l->loc);
2158             if (x != nx)
2159               {
2160                 slot = local_get_addr_cache->get (loc);
2161                 *slot = x = nx;
2162               }
2163             break;
2164           }
2165     }
2166 
2167   return x;
2168 }
2169 
2170 /* Canonicalize LOC using equivalences from SET in addition to those
2171    in the cselib static table.  It expects a VALUE-based expression,
2172    and it will only substitute VALUEs with other VALUEs or
2173    function-global equivalences, so that, if two addresses have base
2174    VALUEs that are locally or globally related in ways that
2175    memrefs_conflict_p cares about, they will both canonicalize to
2176    expressions that have the same base VALUE.
2177 
2178    The use of VALUEs as canonical base addresses enables the canonical
2179    RTXs to remain unchanged globally, if they resolve to a constant,
2180    or throughout a basic block otherwise, so that they can be cached
2181    and the cache needs not be invalidated when REGs, MEMs or such
2182    change.  */
2183 
2184 static rtx
vt_canonicalize_addr(dataflow_set * set,rtx oloc)2185 vt_canonicalize_addr (dataflow_set *set, rtx oloc)
2186 {
2187   poly_int64 ofst = 0, term;
2188   machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (oloc);
2189   rtx loc = oloc;
2190   rtx x;
2191   bool retry = true;
2192 
2193   while (retry)
2194     {
2195       while (GET_CODE (loc) == PLUS
2196                && poly_int_rtx_p (XEXP (loc, 1), &term))
2197           {
2198             ofst += term;
2199             loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
2200           }
2201 
2202       /* Alignment operations can't normally be combined, so just
2203            canonicalize the base and we're done.  We'll normally have
2204            only one stack alignment anyway.  */
2205       if (GET_CODE (loc) == AND
2206             && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc, 1)) == CONST_INT
2207             && negative_power_of_two_p (INTVAL (XEXP (loc, 1))))
2208           {
2209             x = vt_canonicalize_addr (set, XEXP (loc, 0));
2210             if (x != XEXP (loc, 0))
2211               loc = gen_rtx_AND (mode, x, XEXP (loc, 1));
2212             retry = false;
2213           }
2214 
2215       if (GET_CODE (loc) == VALUE)
2216           {
2217             if (set)
2218               loc = get_addr_from_local_cache (set, loc);
2219             else
2220               loc = get_addr_from_global_cache (loc);
2221 
2222             /* Consolidate plus_constants.  */
2223             while (maybe_ne (ofst, 0)
2224                      && GET_CODE (loc) == PLUS
2225                      && poly_int_rtx_p (XEXP (loc, 1), &term))
2226               {
2227                 ofst += term;
2228                 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
2229               }
2230 
2231             retry = false;
2232           }
2233       else
2234           {
2235             x = canon_rtx (loc);
2236             if (retry)
2237               retry = (x != loc);
2238             loc = x;
2239           }
2240     }
2241 
2242   /* Add OFST back in.  */
2243   if (maybe_ne (ofst, 0))
2244     {
2245       /* Don't build new RTL if we can help it.  */
2246       if (strip_offset (oloc, &term) == loc && known_eq (term, ofst))
2247           return oloc;
2248 
2249       loc = plus_constant (mode, loc, ofst);
2250     }
2251 
2252   return loc;
2253 }
2254 
2255 /* Return true iff there's a true dependence between MLOC and LOC.
2256    MADDR must be a canonicalized version of MLOC's address.  */
2257 
2258 static inline bool
vt_canon_true_dep(dataflow_set * set,rtx mloc,rtx maddr,rtx loc)2259 vt_canon_true_dep (dataflow_set *set, rtx mloc, rtx maddr, rtx loc)
2260 {
2261   if (GET_CODE (loc) != MEM)
2262     return false;
2263 
2264   rtx addr = vt_canonicalize_addr (set, XEXP (loc, 0));
2265   if (!canon_true_dependence (mloc, GET_MODE (mloc), maddr, loc, addr))
2266     return false;
2267 
2268   return true;
2269 }
2270 
2271 /* Hold parameters for the hashtab traversal function
2272    drop_overlapping_mem_locs, see below.  */
2273 
2274 struct overlapping_mems
2275 {
2276   dataflow_set *set;
2277   rtx loc, addr;
2278 };
2279 
2280 /* Remove all MEMs that overlap with COMS->LOC from the location list
2281    of a hash table entry for a onepart variable.  COMS->ADDR must be a
2282    canonicalized form of COMS->LOC's address, and COMS->LOC must be
2283    canonicalized itself.  */
2284 
2285 int
drop_overlapping_mem_locs(variable ** slot,overlapping_mems * coms)2286 drop_overlapping_mem_locs (variable **slot, overlapping_mems *coms)
2287 {
2288   dataflow_set *set = coms->set;
2289   rtx mloc = coms->loc, addr = coms->addr;
2290   variable *var = *slot;
2291 
2292   if (var->onepart != NOT_ONEPART)
2293     {
2294       location_chain *loc, **locp;
2295       bool changed = false;
2296       rtx cur_loc;
2297 
2298       gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
2299 
2300       if (shared_var_p (var, set->vars))
2301           {
2302             for (loc = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; loc; loc = loc->next)
2303               if (vt_canon_true_dep (set, mloc, addr, loc->loc))
2304                 break;
2305 
2306             if (!loc)
2307               return 1;
2308 
2309             slot = unshare_variable (set, slot, var, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN);
2310             var = *slot;
2311             gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
2312           }
2313 
2314       if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
2315           cur_loc = VAR_LOC_FROM (var);
2316       else
2317           cur_loc = var->var_part[0].cur_loc;
2318 
2319       for (locp = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain, loc = *locp;
2320              loc; loc = *locp)
2321           {
2322             if (!vt_canon_true_dep (set, mloc, addr, loc->loc))
2323               {
2324                 locp = &loc->next;
2325                 continue;
2326               }
2327 
2328             *locp = loc->next;
2329             /* If we have deleted the location which was last emitted
2330                we have to emit new location so add the variable to set
2331                of changed variables.  */
2332             if (cur_loc == loc->loc)
2333               {
2334                 changed = true;
2335                 var->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
2336                 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
2337                     VAR_LOC_FROM (var) = NULL;
2338               }
2339             delete loc;
2340           }
2341 
2342       if (!var->var_part[0].loc_chain)
2343           {
2344             var->n_var_parts--;
2345             changed = true;
2346           }
2347       if (changed)
2348           variable_was_changed (var, set);
2349     }
2350 
2351   return 1;
2352 }
2353 
2354 /* Remove from SET all VALUE bindings to MEMs that overlap with LOC.  */
2355 
2356 static void
clobber_overlapping_mems(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc)2357 clobber_overlapping_mems (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc)
2358 {
2359   struct overlapping_mems coms;
2360 
2361   gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM);
2362 
2363   coms.set = set;
2364   coms.loc = canon_rtx (loc);
2365   coms.addr = vt_canonicalize_addr (set, XEXP (loc, 0));
2366 
2367   set->traversed_vars = set->vars;
2368   shared_hash_htab (set->vars)
2369     ->traverse <overlapping_mems*, drop_overlapping_mem_locs> (&coms);
2370   set->traversed_vars = NULL;
2371 }
2372 
2373 /* Set the location of DV, OFFSET as the MEM LOC.  */
2374 
2375 static void
var_mem_decl_set(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,enum var_init_status initialized,decl_or_value dv,HOST_WIDE_INT offset,rtx set_src,enum insert_option iopt)2376 var_mem_decl_set (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, enum var_init_status initialized,
2377                       decl_or_value dv, HOST_WIDE_INT offset, rtx set_src,
2378                       enum insert_option iopt)
2379 {
2380   if (dv_is_decl_p (dv))
2381     dv = dv_from_decl (var_debug_decl (dv_as_decl (dv)));
2382 
2383   set_variable_part (set, loc, dv, offset, initialized, set_src, iopt);
2384 }
2385 
2386 /* Set the location part of variable MEM_EXPR (LOC) in dataflow set
2387    SET to LOC.
2388    Adjust the address first if it is stack pointer based.  */
2389 
2390 static void
var_mem_set(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,enum var_init_status initialized,rtx set_src)2391 var_mem_set (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, enum var_init_status initialized,
2392                rtx set_src)
2393 {
2394   tree decl = MEM_EXPR (loc);
2395   HOST_WIDE_INT offset = int_mem_offset (loc);
2396 
2397   var_mem_decl_set (set, loc, initialized,
2398                         dv_from_decl (decl), offset, set_src, INSERT);
2399 }
2400 
2401 /* Delete and set the location part of variable MEM_EXPR (LOC) in
2402    dataflow set SET to LOC.  If MODIFY is true, any other live copies
2403    of the same variable part are also deleted from the dataflow set,
2404    otherwise the variable part is assumed to be copied from another
2405    location holding the same part.
2406    Adjust the address first if it is stack pointer based.  */
2407 
2408 static void
var_mem_delete_and_set(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,bool modify,enum var_init_status initialized,rtx set_src)2409 var_mem_delete_and_set (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, bool modify,
2410                               enum var_init_status initialized, rtx set_src)
2411 {
2412   tree decl = MEM_EXPR (loc);
2413   HOST_WIDE_INT offset = int_mem_offset (loc);
2414 
2415   clobber_overlapping_mems (set, loc);
2416   decl = var_debug_decl (decl);
2417 
2418   if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN)
2419     initialized = get_init_value (set, loc, dv_from_decl (decl));
2420 
2421   if (modify)
2422     clobber_variable_part (set, NULL, dv_from_decl (decl), offset, set_src);
2423   var_mem_set (set, loc, initialized, set_src);
2424 }
2425 
2426 /* Delete the location part LOC from dataflow set SET.  If CLOBBER is
2427    true, also delete any other live copies of the same variable part.
2428    Adjust the address first if it is stack pointer based.  */
2429 
2430 static void
var_mem_delete(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,bool clobber)2431 var_mem_delete (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, bool clobber)
2432 {
2433   tree decl = MEM_EXPR (loc);
2434   HOST_WIDE_INT offset = int_mem_offset (loc);
2435 
2436   clobber_overlapping_mems (set, loc);
2437   decl = var_debug_decl (decl);
2438   if (clobber)
2439     clobber_variable_part (set, NULL, dv_from_decl (decl), offset, NULL);
2440   delete_variable_part (set, loc, dv_from_decl (decl), offset);
2441 }
2442 
2443 /* Return true if LOC should not be expanded for location expressions,
2444    or used in them.  */
2445 
2446 static inline bool
unsuitable_loc(rtx loc)2447 unsuitable_loc (rtx loc)
2448 {
2449   switch (GET_CODE (loc))
2450     {
2451     case PC:
2452     case SCRATCH:
2453     case ASM_INPUT:
2454     case ASM_OPERANDS:
2455       return true;
2456 
2457     default:
2458       return false;
2459     }
2460 }
2461 
2462 /* Bind VAL to LOC in SET.  If MODIFIED, detach LOC from any values
2463    bound to it.  */
2464 
2465 static inline void
val_bind(dataflow_set * set,rtx val,rtx loc,bool modified)2466 val_bind (dataflow_set *set, rtx val, rtx loc, bool modified)
2467 {
2468   if (REG_P (loc))
2469     {
2470       if (modified)
2471           var_regno_delete (set, REGNO (loc));
2472       var_reg_decl_set (set, loc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED,
2473                               dv_from_value (val), 0, NULL_RTX, INSERT);
2474     }
2475   else if (MEM_P (loc))
2476     {
2477       struct elt_loc_list *l = CSELIB_VAL_PTR (val)->locs;
2478 
2479       if (modified)
2480           clobber_overlapping_mems (set, loc);
2481 
2482       if (l && GET_CODE (l->loc) == VALUE)
2483           l = canonical_cselib_val (CSELIB_VAL_PTR (l->loc))->locs;
2484 
2485       /* If this MEM is a global constant, we don't need it in the
2486            dynamic tables.  ??? We should test this before emitting the
2487            micro-op in the first place.  */
2488       while (l)
2489           if (GET_CODE (l->loc) == MEM && XEXP (l->loc, 0) == XEXP (loc, 0))
2490             break;
2491           else
2492             l = l->next;
2493 
2494       if (!l)
2495           var_mem_decl_set (set, loc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED,
2496                                 dv_from_value (val), 0, NULL_RTX, INSERT);
2497     }
2498   else
2499     {
2500       /* Other kinds of equivalences are necessarily static, at least
2501            so long as we do not perform substitutions while merging
2502            expressions.  */
2503       gcc_unreachable ();
2504       set_variable_part (set, loc, dv_from_value (val), 0,
2505                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL_RTX, INSERT);
2506     }
2507 }
2508 
2509 /* Bind a value to a location it was just stored in.  If MODIFIED
2510    holds, assume the location was modified, detaching it from any
2511    values bound to it.  */
2512 
2513 static void
val_store(dataflow_set * set,rtx val,rtx loc,rtx_insn * insn,bool modified)2514 val_store (dataflow_set *set, rtx val, rtx loc, rtx_insn *insn,
2515              bool modified)
2516 {
2517   cselib_val *v = CSELIB_VAL_PTR (val);
2518 
2519   gcc_assert (cselib_preserved_value_p (v));
2520 
2521   if (dump_file)
2522     {
2523       fprintf (dump_file, "%i: ", insn ? INSN_UID (insn) : 0);
2524       print_inline_rtx (dump_file, loc, 0);
2525       fprintf (dump_file, " evaluates to ");
2526       print_inline_rtx (dump_file, val, 0);
2527       if (v->locs)
2528           {
2529             struct elt_loc_list *l;
2530             for (l = v->locs; l; l = l->next)
2531               {
2532                 fprintf (dump_file, "\n%i: ", INSN_UID (l->setting_insn));
2533                 print_inline_rtx (dump_file, l->loc, 0);
2534               }
2535           }
2536       fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
2537     }
2538 
2539   gcc_checking_assert (!unsuitable_loc (loc));
2540 
2541   val_bind (set, val, loc, modified);
2542 }
2543 
2544 /* Clear (canonical address) slots that reference X.  */
2545 
2546 bool
local_get_addr_clear_given_value(rtx const &,rtx * slot,rtx x)2547 local_get_addr_clear_given_value (rtx const &, rtx *slot, rtx x)
2548 {
2549   if (vt_get_canonicalize_base (*slot) == x)
2550     *slot = NULL;
2551   return true;
2552 }
2553 
2554 /* Reset this node, detaching all its equivalences.  Return the slot
2555    in the variable hash table that holds dv, if there is one.  */
2556 
2557 static void
val_reset(dataflow_set * set,decl_or_value dv)2558 val_reset (dataflow_set *set, decl_or_value dv)
2559 {
2560   variable *var = shared_hash_find (set->vars, dv) ;
2561   location_chain *node;
2562   rtx cval;
2563 
2564   if (!var || !var->n_var_parts)
2565     return;
2566 
2567   gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
2568 
2569   if (var->onepart == ONEPART_VALUE)
2570     {
2571       rtx x = dv_as_value (dv);
2572 
2573       /* Relationships in the global cache don't change, so reset the
2574            local cache entry only.  */
2575       rtx *slot = local_get_addr_cache->get (x);
2576       if (slot)
2577           {
2578             /* If the value resolved back to itself, odds are that other
2579                values may have cached it too.  These entries now refer
2580                to the old X, so detach them too.  Entries that used the
2581                old X but resolved to something else remain ok as long as
2582                that something else isn't also reset.  */
2583             if (*slot == x)
2584               local_get_addr_cache
2585                 ->traverse<rtx, local_get_addr_clear_given_value> (x);
2586             *slot = NULL;
2587           }
2588     }
2589 
2590   cval = NULL;
2591   for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
2592     if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE
2593           && canon_value_cmp (node->loc, cval))
2594       cval = node->loc;
2595 
2596   for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
2597     if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE && cval != node->loc)
2598       {
2599           /* Redirect the equivalence link to the new canonical
2600              value, or simply remove it if it would point at
2601              itself.  */
2602           if (cval)
2603             set_variable_part (set, cval, dv_from_value (node->loc),
2604                                    0, node->init, node->set_src, NO_INSERT);
2605           delete_variable_part (set, dv_as_value (dv),
2606                                     dv_from_value (node->loc), 0);
2607       }
2608 
2609   if (cval)
2610     {
2611       decl_or_value cdv = dv_from_value (cval);
2612 
2613       /* Keep the remaining values connected, accumulating links
2614            in the canonical value.  */
2615       for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
2616           {
2617             if (node->loc == cval)
2618               continue;
2619             else if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == REG)
2620               var_reg_decl_set (set, node->loc, node->init, cdv, 0,
2621                                     node->set_src, NO_INSERT);
2622             else if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == MEM)
2623               var_mem_decl_set (set, node->loc, node->init, cdv, 0,
2624                                     node->set_src, NO_INSERT);
2625             else
2626               set_variable_part (set, node->loc, cdv, 0,
2627                                      node->init, node->set_src, NO_INSERT);
2628           }
2629     }
2630 
2631   /* We remove this last, to make sure that the canonical value is not
2632      removed to the point of requiring reinsertion.  */
2633   if (cval)
2634     delete_variable_part (set, dv_as_value (dv), dv_from_value (cval), 0);
2635 
2636   clobber_variable_part (set, NULL, dv, 0, NULL);
2637 }
2638 
2639 /* Find the values in a given location and map the val to another
2640    value, if it is unique, or add the location as one holding the
2641    value.  */
2642 
2643 static void
val_resolve(dataflow_set * set,rtx val,rtx loc,rtx_insn * insn)2644 val_resolve (dataflow_set *set, rtx val, rtx loc, rtx_insn *insn)
2645 {
2646   decl_or_value dv = dv_from_value (val);
2647 
2648   if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
2649     {
2650       if (insn)
2651           fprintf (dump_file, "%i: ", INSN_UID (insn));
2652       else
2653           fprintf (dump_file, "head: ");
2654       print_inline_rtx (dump_file, val, 0);
2655       fputs (" is at ", dump_file);
2656       print_inline_rtx (dump_file, loc, 0);
2657       fputc ('\n', dump_file);
2658     }
2659 
2660   val_reset (set, dv);
2661 
2662   gcc_checking_assert (!unsuitable_loc (loc));
2663 
2664   if (REG_P (loc))
2665     {
2666       attrs *node, *found = NULL;
2667 
2668       for (node = set->regs[REGNO (loc)]; node; node = node->next)
2669           if (dv_is_value_p (node->dv)
2670               && GET_MODE (dv_as_value (node->dv)) == GET_MODE (loc))
2671             {
2672               found = node;
2673 
2674               /* Map incoming equivalences.  ??? Wouldn't it be nice if
2675                we just started sharing the location lists?  Maybe a
2676                circular list ending at the value itself or some
2677                such.  */
2678               set_variable_part (set, dv_as_value (node->dv),
2679                                      dv_from_value (val), node->offset,
2680                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL_RTX, INSERT);
2681               set_variable_part (set, val, node->dv, node->offset,
2682                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL_RTX, INSERT);
2683             }
2684 
2685       /* If we didn't find any equivalence, we need to remember that
2686            this value is held in the named register.  */
2687       if (found)
2688           return;
2689     }
2690   /* ??? Attempt to find and merge equivalent MEMs or other
2691      expressions too.  */
2692 
2693   val_bind (set, val, loc, false);
2694 }
2695 
2696 /* Initialize dataflow set SET to be empty.
2697    VARS_SIZE is the initial size of hash table VARS.  */
2698 
2699 static void
dataflow_set_init(dataflow_set * set)2700 dataflow_set_init (dataflow_set *set)
2701 {
2702   init_attrs_list_set (set->regs);
2703   set->vars = shared_hash_copy (empty_shared_hash);
2704   set->stack_adjust = 0;
2705   set->traversed_vars = NULL;
2706 }
2707 
2708 /* Delete the contents of dataflow set SET.  */
2709 
2710 static void
dataflow_set_clear(dataflow_set * set)2711 dataflow_set_clear (dataflow_set *set)
2712 {
2713   int i;
2714 
2715   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
2716     attrs_list_clear (&set->regs[i]);
2717 
2718   shared_hash_destroy (set->vars);
2719   set->vars = shared_hash_copy (empty_shared_hash);
2720 }
2721 
2722 /* Copy the contents of dataflow set SRC to DST.  */
2723 
2724 static void
dataflow_set_copy(dataflow_set * dst,dataflow_set * src)2725 dataflow_set_copy (dataflow_set *dst, dataflow_set *src)
2726 {
2727   int i;
2728 
2729   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
2730     attrs_list_copy (&dst->regs[i], src->regs[i]);
2731 
2732   shared_hash_destroy (dst->vars);
2733   dst->vars = shared_hash_copy (src->vars);
2734   dst->stack_adjust = src->stack_adjust;
2735 }
2736 
2737 /* Information for merging lists of locations for a given offset of variable.
2738  */
2739 struct variable_union_info
2740 {
2741   /* Node of the location chain.  */
2742   location_chain *lc;
2743 
2744   /* The sum of positions in the input chains.  */
2745   int pos;
2746 
2747   /* The position in the chain of DST dataflow set.  */
2748   int pos_dst;
2749 };
2750 
2751 /* Buffer for location list sorting and its allocated size.  */
2752 static struct variable_union_info *vui_vec;
2753 static int vui_allocated;
2754 
2755 /* Compare function for qsort, order the structures by POS element.  */
2756 
2757 static int
variable_union_info_cmp_pos(const void * n1,const void * n2)2758 variable_union_info_cmp_pos (const void *n1, const void *n2)
2759 {
2760   const struct variable_union_info *const i1 =
2761     (const struct variable_union_info *) n1;
2762   const struct variable_union_info *const i2 =
2763     ( const struct variable_union_info *) n2;
2764 
2765   if (i1->pos != i2->pos)
2766     return i1->pos - i2->pos;
2767 
2768   return (i1->pos_dst - i2->pos_dst);
2769 }
2770 
2771 /* Compute union of location parts of variable *SLOT and the same variable
2772    from hash table DATA.  Compute "sorted" union of the location chains
2773    for common offsets, i.e. the locations of a variable part are sorted by
2774    a priority where the priority is the sum of the positions in the 2 chains
2775    (if a location is only in one list the position in the second list is
2776    defined to be larger than the length of the chains).
2777    When we are updating the location parts the newest location is in the
2778    beginning of the chain, so when we do the described "sorted" union
2779    we keep the newest locations in the beginning.  */
2780 
2781 static int
variable_union(variable * src,dataflow_set * set)2782 variable_union (variable *src, dataflow_set *set)
2783 {
2784   variable *dst;
2785   variable **dstp;
2786   int i, j, k;
2787 
2788   dstp = shared_hash_find_slot (set->vars, src->dv);
2789   if (!dstp || !*dstp)
2790     {
2791       src->refcount++;
2792 
2793       dst_can_be_shared = false;
2794       if (!dstp)
2795           dstp = shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set->vars, src->dv, INSERT);
2796 
2797       *dstp = src;
2798 
2799       /* Continue traversing the hash table.  */
2800       return 1;
2801     }
2802   else
2803     dst = *dstp;
2804 
2805   gcc_assert (src->n_var_parts);
2806   gcc_checking_assert (src->onepart == dst->onepart);
2807 
2808   /* We can combine one-part variables very efficiently, because their
2809      entries are in canonical order.  */
2810   if (src->onepart)
2811     {
2812       location_chain **nodep, *dnode, *snode;
2813 
2814       gcc_assert (src->n_var_parts == 1
2815                       && dst->n_var_parts == 1);
2816 
2817       snode = src->var_part[0].loc_chain;
2818       gcc_assert (snode);
2819 
2820     restart_onepart_unshared:
2821       nodep = &dst->var_part[0].loc_chain;
2822       dnode = *nodep;
2823       gcc_assert (dnode);
2824 
2825       while (snode)
2826           {
2827             int r = dnode ? loc_cmp (dnode->loc, snode->loc) : 1;
2828 
2829             if (r > 0)
2830               {
2831                 location_chain *nnode;
2832 
2833                 if (shared_var_p (dst, set->vars))
2834                     {
2835                       dstp = unshare_variable (set, dstp, dst,
2836                                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
2837                       dst = *dstp;
2838                       goto restart_onepart_unshared;
2839                     }
2840 
2841                 *nodep = nnode = new location_chain;
2842                 nnode->loc = snode->loc;
2843                 nnode->init = snode->init;
2844                 if (!snode->set_src || MEM_P (snode->set_src))
2845                     nnode->set_src = NULL;
2846                 else
2847                     nnode->set_src = snode->set_src;
2848                 nnode->next = dnode;
2849                 dnode = nnode;
2850               }
2851             else if (r == 0)
2852               gcc_checking_assert (rtx_equal_p (dnode->loc, snode->loc));
2853 
2854             if (r >= 0)
2855               snode = snode->next;
2856 
2857             nodep = &dnode->next;
2858             dnode = *nodep;
2859           }
2860 
2861       return 1;
2862     }
2863 
2864   gcc_checking_assert (!src->onepart);
2865 
2866   /* Count the number of location parts, result is K.  */
2867   for (i = 0, j = 0, k = 0;
2868        i < src->n_var_parts && j < dst->n_var_parts; k++)
2869     {
2870       if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (src, i) == VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, j))
2871           {
2872             i++;
2873             j++;
2874           }
2875       else if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (src, i) < VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, j))
2876           i++;
2877       else
2878           j++;
2879     }
2880   k += src->n_var_parts - i;
2881   k += dst->n_var_parts - j;
2882 
2883   /* We track only variables whose size is <= MAX_VAR_PARTS bytes
2884      thus there are at most MAX_VAR_PARTS different offsets.  */
2885   gcc_checking_assert (dst->onepart ? k == 1 : k <= MAX_VAR_PARTS);
2886 
2887   if (dst->n_var_parts != k && shared_var_p (dst, set->vars))
2888     {
2889       dstp = unshare_variable (set, dstp, dst, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN);
2890       dst = *dstp;
2891     }
2892 
2893   i = src->n_var_parts - 1;
2894   j = dst->n_var_parts - 1;
2895   dst->n_var_parts = k;
2896 
2897   for (k--; k >= 0; k--)
2898     {
2899       location_chain *node, *node2;
2900 
2901       if (i >= 0 && j >= 0
2902             && VAR_PART_OFFSET (src, i) == VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, j))
2903           {
2904             /* Compute the "sorted" union of the chains, i.e. the locations which
2905                are in both chains go first, they are sorted by the sum of
2906                positions in the chains.  */
2907             int dst_l, src_l;
2908             int ii, jj, n;
2909             struct variable_union_info *vui;
2910 
2911             /* If DST is shared compare the location chains.
2912                If they are different we will modify the chain in DST with
2913                high probability so make a copy of DST.  */
2914             if (shared_var_p (dst, set->vars))
2915               {
2916                 for (node = src->var_part[i].loc_chain,
2917                        node2 = dst->var_part[j].loc_chain; node && node2;
2918                        node = node->next, node2 = node2->next)
2919                     {
2920                       if (!((REG_P (node2->loc)
2921                                && REG_P (node->loc)
2922                                && REGNO (node2->loc) == REGNO (node->loc))
2923                               || rtx_equal_p (node2->loc, node->loc)))
2924                         {
2925                           if (node2->init < node->init)
2926                             node2->init = node->init;
2927                           break;
2928                         }
2929                     }
2930                 if (node || node2)
2931                     {
2932                       dstp = unshare_variable (set, dstp, dst,
2933                                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN);
2934                       dst = (variable *)*dstp;
2935                     }
2936               }
2937 
2938             src_l = 0;
2939             for (node = src->var_part[i].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
2940               src_l++;
2941             dst_l = 0;
2942             for (node = dst->var_part[j].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
2943               dst_l++;
2944 
2945             if (dst_l == 1)
2946               {
2947                 /* The most common case, much simpler, no qsort is needed.  */
2948                 location_chain *dstnode = dst->var_part[j].loc_chain;
2949                 dst->var_part[k].loc_chain = dstnode;
2950                 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, k) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, j);
2951                 node2 = dstnode;
2952                 for (node = src->var_part[i].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
2953                     if (!((REG_P (dstnode->loc)
2954                            && REG_P (node->loc)
2955                            && REGNO (dstnode->loc) == REGNO (node->loc))
2956                           || rtx_equal_p (dstnode->loc, node->loc)))
2957                       {
2958                         location_chain *new_node;
2959 
2960                         /* Copy the location from SRC.  */
2961                         new_node = new location_chain;
2962                         new_node->loc = node->loc;
2963                         new_node->init = node->init;
2964                         if (!node->set_src || MEM_P (node->set_src))
2965                           new_node->set_src = NULL;
2966                         else
2967                           new_node->set_src = node->set_src;
2968                         node2->next = new_node;
2969                         node2 = new_node;
2970                       }
2971                 node2->next = NULL;
2972               }
2973             else
2974               {
2975                 if (src_l + dst_l > vui_allocated)
2976                     {
2977                       vui_allocated = MAX (vui_allocated * 2, src_l + dst_l);
2978                       vui_vec = XRESIZEVEC (struct variable_union_info, vui_vec,
2979                                                   vui_allocated);
2980                     }
2981                 vui = vui_vec;
2982 
2983                 /* Fill in the locations from DST.  */
2984                 for (node = dst->var_part[j].loc_chain, jj = 0; node;
2985                        node = node->next, jj++)
2986                     {
2987                       vui[jj].lc = node;
2988                       vui[jj].pos_dst = jj;
2989 
2990                       /* Pos plus value larger than a sum of 2 valid positions.  */
2991                       vui[jj].pos = jj + src_l + dst_l;
2992                     }
2993 
2994                 /* Fill in the locations from SRC.  */
2995                 n = dst_l;
2996                 for (node = src->var_part[i].loc_chain, ii = 0; node;
2997                        node = node->next, ii++)
2998                     {
2999                       /* Find location from NODE.  */
3000                       for (jj = 0; jj < dst_l; jj++)
3001                         {
3002                           if ((REG_P (vui[jj].lc->loc)
3003                                  && REG_P (node->loc)
3004                                  && REGNO (vui[jj].lc->loc) == REGNO (node->loc))
3005                                 || rtx_equal_p (vui[jj].lc->loc, node->loc))
3006                               {
3007                                 vui[jj].pos = jj + ii;
3008                                 break;
3009                               }
3010                         }
3011                       if (jj >= dst_l)  /* The location has not been found.  */
3012                         {
3013                           location_chain *new_node;
3014 
3015                           /* Copy the location from SRC.  */
3016                           new_node = new location_chain;
3017                           new_node->loc = node->loc;
3018                           new_node->init = node->init;
3019                           if (!node->set_src || MEM_P (node->set_src))
3020                               new_node->set_src = NULL;
3021                           else
3022                               new_node->set_src = node->set_src;
3023                           vui[n].lc = new_node;
3024                           vui[n].pos_dst = src_l + dst_l;
3025                           vui[n].pos = ii + src_l + dst_l;
3026                           n++;
3027                         }
3028                     }
3029 
3030                 if (dst_l == 2)
3031                     {
3032                       /* Special case still very common case.  For dst_l == 2
3033                          all entries dst_l ... n-1 are sorted, with for i >= dst_l
3034                          vui[i].pos == i + src_l + dst_l.  */
3035                       if (vui[0].pos > vui[1].pos)
3036                         {
3037                           /* Order should be 1, 0, 2... */
3038                           dst->var_part[k].loc_chain = vui[1].lc;
3039                           vui[1].lc->next = vui[0].lc;
3040                           if (n >= 3)
3041                               {
3042                                 vui[0].lc->next = vui[2].lc;
3043                                 vui[n - 1].lc->next = NULL;
3044                               }
3045                           else
3046                               vui[0].lc->next = NULL;
3047                           ii = 3;
3048                         }
3049                       else
3050                         {
3051                           dst->var_part[k].loc_chain = vui[0].lc;
3052                           if (n >= 3 && vui[2].pos < vui[1].pos)
3053                               {
3054                                 /* Order should be 0, 2, 1, 3... */
3055                                 vui[0].lc->next = vui[2].lc;
3056                                 vui[2].lc->next = vui[1].lc;
3057                                 if (n >= 4)
3058                                   {
3059                                     vui[1].lc->next = vui[3].lc;
3060                                     vui[n - 1].lc->next = NULL;
3061                                   }
3062                                 else
3063                                   vui[1].lc->next = NULL;
3064                                 ii = 4;
3065                               }
3066                           else
3067                               {
3068                                 /* Order should be 0, 1, 2... */
3069                                 ii = 1;
3070                                 vui[n - 1].lc->next = NULL;
3071                               }
3072                         }
3073                       for (; ii < n; ii++)
3074                         vui[ii - 1].lc->next = vui[ii].lc;
3075                     }
3076                 else
3077                     {
3078                       qsort (vui, n, sizeof (struct variable_union_info),
3079                                variable_union_info_cmp_pos);
3080 
3081                       /* Reconnect the nodes in sorted order.  */
3082                       for (ii = 1; ii < n; ii++)
3083                         vui[ii - 1].lc->next = vui[ii].lc;
3084                       vui[n - 1].lc->next = NULL;
3085                       dst->var_part[k].loc_chain = vui[0].lc;
3086                     }
3087 
3088                 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, k) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, j);
3089               }
3090             i--;
3091             j--;
3092           }
3093       else if ((i >= 0 && j >= 0
3094                     && VAR_PART_OFFSET (src, i) < VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, j))
3095                  || i < 0)
3096           {
3097             dst->var_part[k] = dst->var_part[j];
3098             j--;
3099           }
3100       else if ((i >= 0 && j >= 0
3101                     && VAR_PART_OFFSET (src, i) > VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, j))
3102                  || j < 0)
3103           {
3104             location_chain **nextp;
3105 
3106             /* Copy the chain from SRC.  */
3107             nextp = &dst->var_part[k].loc_chain;
3108             for (node = src->var_part[i].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
3109               {
3110                 location_chain *new_lc;
3111 
3112                 new_lc = new location_chain;
3113                 new_lc->next = NULL;
3114                 new_lc->init = node->init;
3115                 if (!node->set_src || MEM_P (node->set_src))
3116                     new_lc->set_src = NULL;
3117                 else
3118                     new_lc->set_src = node->set_src;
3119                 new_lc->loc = node->loc;
3120 
3121                 *nextp = new_lc;
3122                 nextp = &new_lc->next;
3123               }
3124 
3125             VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst, k) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (src, i);
3126             i--;
3127           }
3128       dst->var_part[k].cur_loc = NULL;
3129     }
3130 
3131   if (flag_var_tracking_uninit)
3132     for (i = 0; i < src->n_var_parts && i < dst->n_var_parts; i++)
3133       {
3134           location_chain *node, *node2;
3135           for (node = src->var_part[i].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
3136             for (node2 = dst->var_part[i].loc_chain; node2; node2 = node2->next)
3137               if (rtx_equal_p (node->loc, node2->loc))
3138                 {
3139                     if (node->init > node2->init)
3140                       node2->init = node->init;
3141                 }
3142       }
3143 
3144   /* Continue traversing the hash table.  */
3145   return 1;
3146 }
3147 
3148 /* Compute union of dataflow sets SRC and DST and store it to DST.  */
3149 
3150 static void
dataflow_set_union(dataflow_set * dst,dataflow_set * src)3151 dataflow_set_union (dataflow_set *dst, dataflow_set *src)
3152 {
3153   int i;
3154 
3155   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
3156     attrs_list_union (&dst->regs[i], src->regs[i]);
3157 
3158   if (dst->vars == empty_shared_hash)
3159     {
3160       shared_hash_destroy (dst->vars);
3161       dst->vars = shared_hash_copy (src->vars);
3162     }
3163   else
3164     {
3165       variable_iterator_type hi;
3166       variable *var;
3167 
3168       FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (src->vars),
3169                                            var, variable, hi)
3170           variable_union (var, dst);
3171     }
3172 }
3173 
3174 /* Whether the value is currently being expanded.  */
3175 #define VALUE_RECURSED_INTO(x) \
3176   (RTL_FLAG_CHECK2 ("VALUE_RECURSED_INTO", (x), VALUE, DEBUG_EXPR)->used)
3177 
3178 /* Whether no expansion was found, saving useless lookups.
3179    It must only be set when VALUE_CHANGED is clear.  */
3180 #define NO_LOC_P(x) \
3181   (RTL_FLAG_CHECK2 ("NO_LOC_P", (x), VALUE, DEBUG_EXPR)->return_val)
3182 
3183 /* Whether cur_loc in the value needs to be (re)computed.  */
3184 #define VALUE_CHANGED(x) \
3185   (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VALUE_CHANGED", (x), VALUE)->frame_related)
3186 /* Whether cur_loc in the decl needs to be (re)computed.  */
3187 #define DECL_CHANGED(x) TREE_VISITED (x)
3188 
3189 /* Record (if NEWV) that DV needs to have its cur_loc recomputed.  For
3190    user DECLs, this means they're in changed_variables.  Values and
3191    debug exprs may be left with this flag set if no user variable
3192    requires them to be evaluated.  */
3193 
3194 static inline void
set_dv_changed(decl_or_value dv,bool newv)3195 set_dv_changed (decl_or_value dv, bool newv)
3196 {
3197   switch (dv_onepart_p (dv))
3198     {
3199     case ONEPART_VALUE:
3200       if (newv)
3201           NO_LOC_P (dv_as_value (dv)) = false;
3202       VALUE_CHANGED (dv_as_value (dv)) = newv;
3203       break;
3204 
3205     case ONEPART_DEXPR:
3206       if (newv)
3207           NO_LOC_P (DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (dv_as_decl (dv))) = false;
3208       /* Fall through.  */
3209 
3210     default:
3211       DECL_CHANGED (dv_as_decl (dv)) = newv;
3212       break;
3213     }
3214 }
3215 
3216 /* Return true if DV needs to have its cur_loc recomputed.  */
3217 
3218 static inline bool
dv_changed_p(decl_or_value dv)3219 dv_changed_p (decl_or_value dv)
3220 {
3221   return (dv_is_value_p (dv)
3222             ? VALUE_CHANGED (dv_as_value (dv))
3223             : DECL_CHANGED (dv_as_decl (dv)));
3224 }
3225 
3226 /* Return a location list node whose loc is rtx_equal to LOC, in the
3227    location list of a one-part variable or value VAR, or in that of
3228    any values recursively mentioned in the location lists.  VARS must
3229    be in star-canonical form.  */
3230 
3231 static location_chain *
find_loc_in_1pdv(rtx loc,variable * var,variable_table_type * vars)3232 find_loc_in_1pdv (rtx loc, variable *var, variable_table_type *vars)
3233 {
3234   location_chain *node;
3235   enum rtx_code loc_code;
3236 
3237   if (!var)
3238     return NULL;
3239 
3240   gcc_checking_assert (var->onepart);
3241 
3242   if (!var->n_var_parts)
3243     return NULL;
3244 
3245   gcc_checking_assert (loc != dv_as_opaque (var->dv));
3246 
3247   loc_code = GET_CODE (loc);
3248   for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
3249     {
3250       decl_or_value dv;
3251       variable *rvar;
3252 
3253       if (GET_CODE (node->loc) != loc_code)
3254           {
3255             if (GET_CODE (node->loc) != VALUE)
3256               continue;
3257           }
3258       else if (loc == node->loc)
3259           return node;
3260       else if (loc_code != VALUE)
3261           {
3262             if (rtx_equal_p (loc, node->loc))
3263               return node;
3264             continue;
3265           }
3266 
3267       /* Since we're in star-canonical form, we don't need to visit
3268            non-canonical nodes: one-part variables and non-canonical
3269            values would only point back to the canonical node.  */
3270       if (dv_is_value_p (var->dv)
3271             && !canon_value_cmp (node->loc, dv_as_value (var->dv)))
3272           {
3273             /* Skip all subsequent VALUEs.  */
3274             while (node->next && GET_CODE (node->next->loc) == VALUE)
3275               {
3276                 node = node->next;
3277                 gcc_checking_assert (!canon_value_cmp (node->loc,
3278                                                                  dv_as_value (var->dv)));
3279                 if (loc == node->loc)
3280                     return node;
3281               }
3282             continue;
3283           }
3284 
3285       gcc_checking_assert (node == var->var_part[0].loc_chain);
3286       gcc_checking_assert (!node->next);
3287 
3288       dv = dv_from_value (node->loc);
3289       rvar = vars->find_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv));
3290       return find_loc_in_1pdv (loc, rvar, vars);
3291     }
3292 
3293   /* ??? Gotta look in cselib_val locations too.  */
3294 
3295   return NULL;
3296 }
3297 
3298 /* Hash table iteration argument passed to variable_merge.  */
3299 struct dfset_merge
3300 {
3301   /* The set in which the merge is to be inserted.  */
3302   dataflow_set *dst;
3303   /* The set that we're iterating in.  */
3304   dataflow_set *cur;
3305   /* The set that may contain the other dv we are to merge with.  */
3306   dataflow_set *src;
3307   /* Number of onepart dvs in src.  */
3308   int src_onepart_cnt;
3309 };
3310 
3311 /* Insert LOC in *DNODE, if it's not there yet.  The list must be in
3312    loc_cmp order, and it is maintained as such.  */
3313 
3314 static void
insert_into_intersection(location_chain ** nodep,rtx loc,enum var_init_status status)3315 insert_into_intersection (location_chain **nodep, rtx loc,
3316                                 enum var_init_status status)
3317 {
3318   location_chain *node;
3319   int r;
3320 
3321   for (node = *nodep; node; nodep = &node->next, node = *nodep)
3322     if ((r = loc_cmp (node->loc, loc)) == 0)
3323       {
3324           node->init = MIN (node->init, status);
3325           return;
3326       }
3327     else if (r > 0)
3328       break;
3329 
3330   node = new location_chain;
3331 
3332   node->loc = loc;
3333   node->set_src = NULL;
3334   node->init = status;
3335   node->next = *nodep;
3336   *nodep = node;
3337 }
3338 
3339 /* Insert in DEST the intersection of the locations present in both
3340    S1NODE and S2VAR, directly or indirectly.  S1NODE is from a
3341    variable in DSM->cur, whereas S2VAR is from DSM->src.  dvar is in
3342    DSM->dst.  */
3343 
3344 static void
intersect_loc_chains(rtx val,location_chain ** dest,struct dfset_merge * dsm,location_chain * s1node,variable * s2var)3345 intersect_loc_chains (rtx val, location_chain **dest, struct dfset_merge *dsm,
3346                           location_chain *s1node, variable *s2var)
3347 {
3348   dataflow_set *s1set = dsm->cur;
3349   dataflow_set *s2set = dsm->src;
3350   location_chain *found;
3351 
3352   if (s2var)
3353     {
3354       location_chain *s2node;
3355 
3356       gcc_checking_assert (s2var->onepart);
3357 
3358       if (s2var->n_var_parts)
3359           {
3360             s2node = s2var->var_part[0].loc_chain;
3361 
3362             for (; s1node && s2node;
3363                  s1node = s1node->next, s2node = s2node->next)
3364               if (s1node->loc != s2node->loc)
3365                 break;
3366               else if (s1node->loc == val)
3367                 continue;
3368               else
3369                 insert_into_intersection (dest, s1node->loc,
3370                                                   MIN (s1node->init, s2node->init));
3371           }
3372     }
3373 
3374   for (; s1node; s1node = s1node->next)
3375     {
3376       if (s1node->loc == val)
3377           continue;
3378 
3379       if ((found = find_loc_in_1pdv (s1node->loc, s2var,
3380                                              shared_hash_htab (s2set->vars))))
3381           {
3382             insert_into_intersection (dest, s1node->loc,
3383                                             MIN (s1node->init, found->init));
3384             continue;
3385           }
3386 
3387       if (GET_CODE (s1node->loc) == VALUE
3388             && !VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (s1node->loc))
3389           {
3390             decl_or_value dv = dv_from_value (s1node->loc);
3391             variable *svar = shared_hash_find (s1set->vars, dv);
3392             if (svar)
3393               {
3394                 if (svar->n_var_parts == 1)
3395                     {
3396                       VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (s1node->loc) = true;
3397                       intersect_loc_chains (val, dest, dsm,
3398                                                   svar->var_part[0].loc_chain,
3399                                                   s2var);
3400                       VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (s1node->loc) = false;
3401                     }
3402               }
3403           }
3404 
3405       /* ??? gotta look in cselib_val locations too.  */
3406 
3407       /* ??? if the location is equivalent to any location in src,
3408            searched recursively
3409 
3410              add to dst the values needed to represent the equivalence
3411 
3412      telling whether locations S is equivalent to another dv's
3413      location list:
3414 
3415        for each location D in the list
3416 
3417          if S and D satisfy rtx_equal_p, then it is present
3418 
3419            else if D is a value, recurse without cycles
3420 
3421            else if S and D have the same CODE and MODE
3422 
3423              for each operand oS and the corresponding oD
3424 
3425                if oS and oD are not equivalent, then S an D are not equivalent
3426 
3427                else if they are RTX vectors
3428 
3429                  if any vector oS element is not equivalent to its respective oD,
3430                  then S and D are not equivalent
3431 
3432    */
3433 
3434 
3435     }
3436 }
3437 
3438 /* Return -1 if X should be before Y in a location list for a 1-part
3439    variable, 1 if Y should be before X, and 0 if they're equivalent
3440    and should not appear in the list.  */
3441 
3442 static int
loc_cmp(rtx x,rtx y)3443 loc_cmp (rtx x, rtx y)
3444 {
3445   int i, j, r;
3446   RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
3447   const char *fmt;
3448 
3449   if (x == y)
3450     return 0;
3451 
3452   if (REG_P (x))
3453     {
3454       if (!REG_P (y))
3455           return -1;
3456       gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x) == GET_MODE (y));
3457       if (REGNO (x) == REGNO (y))
3458           return 0;
3459       else if (REGNO (x) < REGNO (y))
3460           return -1;
3461       else
3462           return 1;
3463     }
3464 
3465   if (REG_P (y))
3466     return 1;
3467 
3468   if (MEM_P (x))
3469     {
3470       if (!MEM_P (y))
3471           return -1;
3472       gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x) == GET_MODE (y));
3473       return loc_cmp (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (y, 0));
3474     }
3475 
3476   if (MEM_P (y))
3477     return 1;
3478 
3479   if (GET_CODE (x) == VALUE)
3480     {
3481       if (GET_CODE (y) != VALUE)
3482           return -1;
3483       /* Don't assert the modes are the same, that is true only
3484            when not recursing.  (subreg:QI (value:SI 1:1) 0)
3485            and (subreg:QI (value:DI 2:2) 0) can be compared,
3486            even when the modes are different.  */
3487       if (canon_value_cmp (x, y))
3488           return -1;
3489       else
3490           return 1;
3491     }
3492 
3493   if (GET_CODE (y) == VALUE)
3494     return 1;
3495 
3496   /* Entry value is the least preferable kind of expression.  */
3497   if (GET_CODE (x) == ENTRY_VALUE)
3498     {
3499       if (GET_CODE (y) != ENTRY_VALUE)
3500           return 1;
3501       gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x) == GET_MODE (y));
3502       return loc_cmp (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (x), ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (y));
3503     }
3504 
3505   if (GET_CODE (y) == ENTRY_VALUE)
3506     return -1;
3507 
3508   if (GET_CODE (x) == GET_CODE (y))
3509     /* Compare operands below.  */;
3510   else if (GET_CODE (x) < GET_CODE (y))
3511     return -1;
3512   else
3513     return 1;
3514 
3515   gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x) == GET_MODE (y));
3516 
3517   if (GET_CODE (x) == DEBUG_EXPR)
3518     {
3519       if (DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x))
3520             < DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (y)))
3521           return -1;
3522       gcc_checking_assert (DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x))
3523                                  > DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (y)));
3524       return 1;
3525     }
3526 
3527   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3528   for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++)
3529     switch (fmt[i])
3530       {
3531       case 'w':
3532           if (XWINT (x, i) == XWINT (y, i))
3533             break;
3534           else if (XWINT (x, i) < XWINT (y, i))
3535             return -1;
3536           else
3537             return 1;
3538 
3539       case 'n':
3540       case 'i':
3541           if (XINT (x, i) == XINT (y, i))
3542             break;
3543           else if (XINT (x, i) < XINT (y, i))
3544             return -1;
3545           else
3546             return 1;
3547 
3548       case 'p':
3549           r = compare_sizes_for_sort (SUBREG_BYTE (x), SUBREG_BYTE (y));
3550           if (r != 0)
3551             return r;
3552           break;
3553 
3554       case 'V':
3555       case 'E':
3556           /* Compare the vector length first.  */
3557           if (XVECLEN (x, i) == XVECLEN (y, i))
3558             /* Compare the vectors elements.  */;
3559           else if (XVECLEN (x, i) < XVECLEN (y, i))
3560             return -1;
3561           else
3562             return 1;
3563 
3564           for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3565             if ((r = loc_cmp (XVECEXP (x, i, j),
3566                                   XVECEXP (y, i, j))))
3567               return r;
3568           break;
3569 
3570       case 'e':
3571           if ((r = loc_cmp (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i))))
3572             return r;
3573           break;
3574 
3575       case 'S':
3576       case 's':
3577           if (XSTR (x, i) == XSTR (y, i))
3578             break;
3579           if (!XSTR (x, i))
3580             return -1;
3581           if (!XSTR (y, i))
3582             return 1;
3583           if ((r = strcmp (XSTR (x, i), XSTR (y, i))) == 0)
3584             break;
3585           else if (r < 0)
3586             return -1;
3587           else
3588             return 1;
3589 
3590       case 'u':
3591           /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter.  */
3592           break;
3593 
3594       case '0':
3595       case 't':
3596           break;
3597 
3598           /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
3599              contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
3600              except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs.  */
3601       default:
3602           gcc_unreachable ();
3603       }
3604   if (CONST_WIDE_INT_P (x))
3605     {
3606       /* Compare the vector length first.  */
3607       if (CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x) >= CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (y))
3608           return 1;
3609       else if (CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x) < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (y))
3610           return -1;
3611 
3612       /* Compare the vectors elements.  */;
3613       for (j = CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x) - 1; j >= 0 ; j--)
3614           {
3615             if (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, j) < CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (y, j))
3616               return -1;
3617             if (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, j) > CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (y, j))
3618               return 1;
3619           }
3620     }
3621 
3622   return 0;
3623 }
3624 
3625 /* Check the order of entries in one-part variables.   */
3626 
3627 int
canonicalize_loc_order_check(variable ** slot,dataflow_set * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)3628 canonicalize_loc_order_check (variable **slot,
3629                                     dataflow_set *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3630 {
3631   variable *var = *slot;
3632   location_chain *node, *next;
3633 
3634 #ifdef ENABLE_RTL_CHECKING
3635   int i;
3636   for (i = 0; i < var->n_var_parts; i++)
3637     gcc_assert (var->var_part[0].cur_loc == NULL);
3638   gcc_assert (!var->in_changed_variables);
3639 #endif
3640 
3641   if (!var->onepart)
3642     return 1;
3643 
3644   gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
3645   node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain;
3646   gcc_assert (node);
3647 
3648   while ((next = node->next))
3649     {
3650       gcc_assert (loc_cmp (node->loc, next->loc) < 0);
3651       node = next;
3652     }
3653 
3654   return 1;
3655 }
3656 
3657 /* Mark with VALUE_RECURSED_INTO values that have neighbors that are
3658    more likely to be chosen as canonical for an equivalence set.
3659    Ensure less likely values can reach more likely neighbors, making
3660    the connections bidirectional.  */
3661 
3662 int
canonicalize_values_mark(variable ** slot,dataflow_set * set)3663 canonicalize_values_mark (variable **slot, dataflow_set *set)
3664 {
3665   variable *var = *slot;
3666   decl_or_value dv = var->dv;
3667   rtx val;
3668   location_chain *node;
3669 
3670   if (!dv_is_value_p (dv))
3671     return 1;
3672 
3673   gcc_checking_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
3674 
3675   val = dv_as_value (dv);
3676 
3677   for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
3678     if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
3679       {
3680           if (canon_value_cmp (node->loc, val))
3681             VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val) = true;
3682           else
3683             {
3684               decl_or_value odv = dv_from_value (node->loc);
3685               variable **oslot;
3686               oslot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, odv);
3687 
3688               set_slot_part (set, val, oslot, odv, 0,
3689                                  node->init, NULL_RTX);
3690 
3691               VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc) = true;
3692             }
3693       }
3694 
3695   return 1;
3696 }
3697 
3698 /* Remove redundant entries from equivalence lists in onepart
3699    variables, canonicalizing equivalence sets into star shapes.  */
3700 
3701 int
canonicalize_values_star(variable ** slot,dataflow_set * set)3702 canonicalize_values_star (variable **slot, dataflow_set *set)
3703 {
3704   variable *var = *slot;
3705   decl_or_value dv = var->dv;
3706   location_chain *node;
3707   decl_or_value cdv;
3708   rtx val, cval;
3709   variable **cslot;
3710   bool has_value;
3711   bool has_marks;
3712 
3713   if (!var->onepart)
3714     return 1;
3715 
3716   gcc_checking_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
3717 
3718   if (dv_is_value_p (dv))
3719     {
3720       cval = dv_as_value (dv);
3721       if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval))
3722           return 1;
3723       VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval) = false;
3724     }
3725   else
3726     cval = NULL_RTX;
3727 
3728  restart:
3729   val = cval;
3730   has_value = false;
3731   has_marks = false;
3732 
3733   gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
3734 
3735   for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
3736     if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
3737       {
3738           has_value = true;
3739           if (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc))
3740             has_marks = true;
3741           if (canon_value_cmp (node->loc, cval))
3742             cval = node->loc;
3743       }
3744 
3745   if (!has_value)
3746     return 1;
3747 
3748   if (cval == val)
3749     {
3750       if (!has_marks || dv_is_decl_p (dv))
3751           return 1;
3752 
3753       /* Keep it marked so that we revisit it, either after visiting a
3754            child node, or after visiting a new parent that might be
3755            found out.  */
3756       VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val) = true;
3757 
3758       for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
3759           if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE
3760               && VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc))
3761             {
3762               cval = node->loc;
3763             restart_with_cval:
3764               VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval) = false;
3765               dv = dv_from_value (cval);
3766               slot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, dv);
3767               if (!slot)
3768                 {
3769                     gcc_assert (dv_is_decl_p (var->dv));
3770                     /* The canonical value was reset and dropped.
3771                        Remove it.  */
3772                     clobber_variable_part (set, NULL, var->dv, 0, NULL);
3773                     return 1;
3774                 }
3775               var = *slot;
3776               gcc_assert (dv_is_value_p (var->dv));
3777               if (var->n_var_parts == 0)
3778                 return 1;
3779               gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
3780               goto restart;
3781             }
3782 
3783       VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val) = false;
3784 
3785       return 1;
3786     }
3787 
3788   /* Push values to the canonical one.  */
3789   cdv = dv_from_value (cval);
3790   cslot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, cdv);
3791 
3792   for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
3793     if (node->loc != cval)
3794       {
3795           cslot = set_slot_part (set, node->loc, cslot, cdv, 0,
3796                                      node->init, NULL_RTX);
3797           if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
3798             {
3799               decl_or_value ndv = dv_from_value (node->loc);
3800 
3801               set_variable_part (set, cval, ndv, 0, node->init, NULL_RTX,
3802                                      NO_INSERT);
3803 
3804               if (canon_value_cmp (node->loc, val))
3805                 {
3806                     /* If it could have been a local minimum, it's not any more,
3807                        since it's now neighbor to cval, so it may have to push
3808                        to it.  Conversely, if it wouldn't have prevailed over
3809                        val, then whatever mark it has is fine: if it was to
3810                        push, it will now push to a more canonical node, but if
3811                        it wasn't, then it has already pushed any values it might
3812                        have to.  */
3813                     VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc) = true;
3814                     /* Make sure we visit node->loc by ensuring we cval is
3815                        visited too.  */
3816                     VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval) = true;
3817                 }
3818               else if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc))
3819                 /* If we have no need to "recurse" into this node, it's
3820                      already "canonicalized", so drop the link to the old
3821                      parent.  */
3822                 clobber_variable_part (set, cval, ndv, 0, NULL);
3823             }
3824           else if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == REG)
3825             {
3826               attrs *list = set->regs[REGNO (node->loc)], **listp;
3827 
3828               /* Change an existing attribute referring to dv so that it
3829                  refers to cdv, removing any duplicate this might
3830                  introduce, and checking that no previous duplicates
3831                  existed, all in a single pass.  */
3832 
3833               while (list)
3834                 {
3835                     if (list->offset == 0
3836                         && (dv_as_opaque (list->dv) == dv_as_opaque (dv)
3837                               || dv_as_opaque (list->dv) == dv_as_opaque (cdv)))
3838                       break;
3839 
3840                     list = list->next;
3841                 }
3842 
3843               gcc_assert (list);
3844               if (dv_as_opaque (list->dv) == dv_as_opaque (dv))
3845                 {
3846                     list->dv = cdv;
3847                     for (listp = &list->next; (list = *listp); listp = &list->next)
3848                       {
3849                         if (list->offset)
3850                           continue;
3851 
3852                         if (dv_as_opaque (list->dv) == dv_as_opaque (cdv))
3853                           {
3854                               *listp = list->next;
3855                               delete list;
3856                               list = *listp;
3857                               break;
3858                           }
3859 
3860                         gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (list->dv) != dv_as_opaque (dv));
3861                       }
3862                 }
3863               else if (dv_as_opaque (list->dv) == dv_as_opaque (cdv))
3864                 {
3865                     for (listp = &list->next; (list = *listp); listp = &list->next)
3866                       {
3867                         if (list->offset)
3868                           continue;
3869 
3870                         if (dv_as_opaque (list->dv) == dv_as_opaque (dv))
3871                           {
3872                               *listp = list->next;
3873                               delete list;
3874                               list = *listp;
3875                               break;
3876                           }
3877 
3878                         gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (list->dv) != dv_as_opaque (cdv));
3879                       }
3880                 }
3881               else
3882                 gcc_unreachable ();
3883 
3884               if (flag_checking)
3885                 while (list)
3886                     {
3887                       if (list->offset == 0
3888                           && (dv_as_opaque (list->dv) == dv_as_opaque (dv)
3889                                 || dv_as_opaque (list->dv) == dv_as_opaque (cdv)))
3890                         gcc_unreachable ();
3891 
3892                       list = list->next;
3893                     }
3894             }
3895       }
3896 
3897   if (val)
3898     set_slot_part (set, val, cslot, cdv, 0,
3899                        VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL_RTX);
3900 
3901   slot = clobber_slot_part (set, cval, slot, 0, NULL);
3902 
3903   /* Variable may have been unshared.  */
3904   var = *slot;
3905   gcc_checking_assert (var->n_var_parts && var->var_part[0].loc_chain->loc == cval
3906                            && var->var_part[0].loc_chain->next == NULL);
3907 
3908   if (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval))
3909     goto restart_with_cval;
3910 
3911   return 1;
3912 }
3913 
3914 /* Bind one-part variables to the canonical value in an equivalence
3915    set.  Not doing this causes dataflow convergence failure in rare
3916    circumstances, see PR42873.  Unfortunately we can't do this
3917    efficiently as part of canonicalize_values_star, since we may not
3918    have determined or even seen the canonical value of a set when we
3919    get to a variable that references another member of the set.  */
3920 
3921 int
canonicalize_vars_star(variable ** slot,dataflow_set * set)3922 canonicalize_vars_star (variable **slot, dataflow_set *set)
3923 {
3924   variable *var = *slot;
3925   decl_or_value dv = var->dv;
3926   location_chain *node;
3927   rtx cval;
3928   decl_or_value cdv;
3929   variable **cslot;
3930   variable *cvar;
3931   location_chain *cnode;
3932 
3933   if (!var->onepart || var->onepart == ONEPART_VALUE)
3934     return 1;
3935 
3936   gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
3937 
3938   node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain;
3939 
3940   if (GET_CODE (node->loc) != VALUE)
3941     return 1;
3942 
3943   gcc_assert (!node->next);
3944   cval = node->loc;
3945 
3946   /* Push values to the canonical one.  */
3947   cdv = dv_from_value (cval);
3948   cslot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, cdv);
3949   if (!cslot)
3950     return 1;
3951   cvar = *cslot;
3952   gcc_assert (cvar->n_var_parts == 1);
3953 
3954   cnode = cvar->var_part[0].loc_chain;
3955 
3956   /* CVAL is canonical if its value list contains non-VALUEs or VALUEs
3957      that are not “more canonical” than it.  */
3958   if (GET_CODE (cnode->loc) != VALUE
3959       || !canon_value_cmp (cnode->loc, cval))
3960     return 1;
3961 
3962   /* CVAL was found to be non-canonical.  Change the variable to point
3963      to the canonical VALUE.  */
3964   gcc_assert (!cnode->next);
3965   cval = cnode->loc;
3966 
3967   slot = set_slot_part (set, cval, slot, dv, 0,
3968                               node->init, node->set_src);
3969   clobber_slot_part (set, cval, slot, 0, node->set_src);
3970 
3971   return 1;
3972 }
3973 
3974 /* Combine variable or value in *S1SLOT (in DSM->cur) with the
3975    corresponding entry in DSM->src.  Multi-part variables are combined
3976    with variable_union, whereas onepart dvs are combined with
3977    intersection.  */
3978 
3979 static int
variable_merge_over_cur(variable * s1var,struct dfset_merge * dsm)3980 variable_merge_over_cur (variable *s1var, struct dfset_merge *dsm)
3981 {
3982   dataflow_set *dst = dsm->dst;
3983   variable **dstslot;
3984   variable *s2var, *dvar = NULL;
3985   decl_or_value dv = s1var->dv;
3986   onepart_enum onepart = s1var->onepart;
3987   rtx val;
3988   hashval_t dvhash;
3989   location_chain *node, **nodep;
3990 
3991   /* If the incoming onepart variable has an empty location list, then
3992      the intersection will be just as empty.  For other variables,
3993      it's always union.  */
3994   gcc_checking_assert (s1var->n_var_parts
3995                            && s1var->var_part[0].loc_chain);
3996 
3997   if (!onepart)
3998     return variable_union (s1var, dst);
3999 
4000   gcc_checking_assert (s1var->n_var_parts == 1);
4001 
4002   dvhash = dv_htab_hash (dv);
4003   if (dv_is_value_p (dv))
4004     val = dv_as_value (dv);
4005   else
4006     val = NULL;
4007 
4008   s2var = shared_hash_find_1 (dsm->src->vars, dv, dvhash);
4009   if (!s2var)
4010     {
4011       dst_can_be_shared = false;
4012       return 1;
4013     }
4014 
4015   dsm->src_onepart_cnt--;
4016   gcc_assert (s2var->var_part[0].loc_chain
4017                 && s2var->onepart == onepart
4018                 && s2var->n_var_parts == 1);
4019 
4020   dstslot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst->vars, dv, dvhash);
4021   if (dstslot)
4022     {
4023       dvar = *dstslot;
4024       gcc_assert (dvar->refcount == 1
4025                       && dvar->onepart == onepart
4026                       && dvar->n_var_parts == 1);
4027       nodep = &dvar->var_part[0].loc_chain;
4028     }
4029   else
4030     {
4031       nodep = &node;
4032       node = NULL;
4033     }
4034 
4035   if (!dstslot && !onepart_variable_different_p (s1var, s2var))
4036     {
4037       dstslot = shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (&dst->vars, dv,
4038                                                              dvhash, INSERT);
4039       *dstslot = dvar = s2var;
4040       dvar->refcount++;
4041     }
4042   else
4043     {
4044       dst_can_be_shared = false;
4045 
4046       intersect_loc_chains (val, nodep, dsm,
4047                                   s1var->var_part[0].loc_chain, s2var);
4048 
4049       if (!dstslot)
4050           {
4051             if (node)
4052               {
4053                 dvar = onepart_pool_allocate (onepart);
4054                 dvar->dv = dv;
4055                 dvar->refcount = 1;
4056                 dvar->n_var_parts = 1;
4057                 dvar->onepart = onepart;
4058                 dvar->in_changed_variables = false;
4059                 dvar->var_part[0].loc_chain = node;
4060                 dvar->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
4061                 if (onepart)
4062                     VAR_LOC_1PAUX (dvar) = NULL;
4063                 else
4064                     VAR_PART_OFFSET (dvar, 0) = 0;
4065 
4066                 dstslot
4067                     = shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (&dst->vars, dv, dvhash,
4068                                                                INSERT);
4069                 gcc_assert (!*dstslot);
4070                 *dstslot = dvar;
4071               }
4072             else
4073               return 1;
4074           }
4075     }
4076 
4077   nodep = &dvar->var_part[0].loc_chain;
4078   while ((node = *nodep))
4079     {
4080       location_chain **nextp = &node->next;
4081 
4082       if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == REG)
4083           {
4084             attrs *list;
4085 
4086             for (list = dst->regs[REGNO (node->loc)]; list; list = list->next)
4087               if (GET_MODE (node->loc) == GET_MODE (list->loc)
4088                     && dv_is_value_p (list->dv))
4089                 break;
4090 
4091             if (!list)
4092               attrs_list_insert (&dst->regs[REGNO (node->loc)],
4093                                      dv, 0, node->loc);
4094             /* If this value became canonical for another value that had
4095                this register, we want to leave it alone.  */
4096             else if (dv_as_value (list->dv) != val)
4097               {
4098                 dstslot = set_slot_part (dst, dv_as_value (list->dv),
4099                                                dstslot, dv, 0,
4100                                                node->init, NULL_RTX);
4101                 dstslot = delete_slot_part (dst, node->loc, dstslot, 0);
4102 
4103                 /* Since nextp points into the removed node, we can't
4104                      use it.  The pointer to the next node moved to nodep.
4105                      However, if the variable we're walking is unshared
4106                      during our walk, we'll keep walking the location list
4107                      of the previously-shared variable, in which case the
4108                      node won't have been removed, and we'll want to skip
4109                      it.  That's why we test *nodep here.  */
4110                 if (*nodep != node)
4111                     nextp = nodep;
4112               }
4113           }
4114       else
4115           /* Canonicalization puts registers first, so we don't have to
4116              walk it all.  */
4117           break;
4118       nodep = nextp;
4119     }
4120 
4121   if (dvar != *dstslot)
4122     dvar = *dstslot;
4123   nodep = &dvar->var_part[0].loc_chain;
4124 
4125   if (val)
4126     {
4127       /* Mark all referenced nodes for canonicalization, and make sure
4128            we have mutual equivalence links.  */
4129       VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val) = true;
4130       for (node = *nodep; node; node = node->next)
4131           if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
4132             {
4133               VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc) = true;
4134               set_variable_part (dst, val, dv_from_value (node->loc), 0,
4135                                      node->init, NULL, INSERT);
4136             }
4137 
4138       dstslot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst->vars, dv, dvhash);
4139       gcc_assert (*dstslot == dvar);
4140       canonicalize_values_star (dstslot, dst);
4141       gcc_checking_assert (dstslot
4142                                  == shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst->vars,
4143                                                                                 dv, dvhash));
4144       dvar = *dstslot;
4145     }
4146   else
4147     {
4148       bool has_value = false, has_other = false;
4149 
4150       /* If we have one value and anything else, we're going to
4151            canonicalize this, so make sure all values have an entry in
4152            the table and are marked for canonicalization.  */
4153       for (node = *nodep; node; node = node->next)
4154           {
4155             if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
4156               {
4157                 /* If this was marked during register canonicalization,
4158                      we know we have to canonicalize values.  */
4159                 if (has_value)
4160                     has_other = true;
4161                 has_value = true;
4162                 if (has_other)
4163                     break;
4164               }
4165             else
4166               {
4167                 has_other = true;
4168                 if (has_value)
4169                     break;
4170               }
4171           }
4172 
4173       if (has_value && has_other)
4174           {
4175             for (node = *nodep; node; node = node->next)
4176               {
4177                 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
4178                     {
4179                       decl_or_value dv = dv_from_value (node->loc);
4180                       variable **slot = NULL;
4181 
4182                       if (shared_hash_shared (dst->vars))
4183                         slot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (dst->vars, dv);
4184                       if (!slot)
4185                         slot = shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&dst->vars, dv,
4186                                                                         INSERT);
4187                       if (!*slot)
4188                         {
4189                           variable *var = onepart_pool_allocate (ONEPART_VALUE);
4190                           var->dv = dv;
4191                           var->refcount = 1;
4192                           var->n_var_parts = 1;
4193                           var->onepart = ONEPART_VALUE;
4194                           var->in_changed_variables = false;
4195                           var->var_part[0].loc_chain = NULL;
4196                           var->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
4197                           VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) = NULL;
4198                           *slot = var;
4199                         }
4200 
4201                       VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc) = true;
4202                     }
4203               }
4204 
4205             dstslot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst->vars, dv, dvhash);
4206             gcc_assert (*dstslot == dvar);
4207             canonicalize_values_star (dstslot, dst);
4208             gcc_checking_assert (dstslot
4209                                      == shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst->vars,
4210                                                                                     dv, dvhash));
4211             dvar = *dstslot;
4212           }
4213     }
4214 
4215   if (!onepart_variable_different_p (dvar, s2var))
4216     {
4217       variable_htab_free (dvar);
4218       *dstslot = dvar = s2var;
4219       dvar->refcount++;
4220     }
4221   else if (s2var != s1var && !onepart_variable_different_p (dvar, s1var))
4222     {
4223       variable_htab_free (dvar);
4224       *dstslot = dvar = s1var;
4225       dvar->refcount++;
4226       dst_can_be_shared = false;
4227     }
4228   else
4229     dst_can_be_shared = false;
4230 
4231   return 1;
4232 }
4233 
4234 /* Copy s2slot (in DSM->src) to DSM->dst if the variable is a
4235    multi-part variable.  Unions of multi-part variables and
4236    intersections of one-part ones will be handled in
4237    variable_merge_over_cur().  */
4238 
4239 static int
variable_merge_over_src(variable * s2var,struct dfset_merge * dsm)4240 variable_merge_over_src (variable *s2var, struct dfset_merge *dsm)
4241 {
4242   dataflow_set *dst = dsm->dst;
4243   decl_or_value dv = s2var->dv;
4244 
4245   if (!s2var->onepart)
4246     {
4247       variable **dstp = shared_hash_find_slot (dst->vars, dv);
4248       *dstp = s2var;
4249       s2var->refcount++;
4250       return 1;
4251     }
4252 
4253   dsm->src_onepart_cnt++;
4254   return 1;
4255 }
4256 
4257 /* Combine dataflow set information from SRC2 into DST, using PDST
4258    to carry over information across passes.  */
4259 
4260 static void
dataflow_set_merge(dataflow_set * dst,dataflow_set * src2)4261 dataflow_set_merge (dataflow_set *dst, dataflow_set *src2)
4262 {
4263   dataflow_set cur = *dst;
4264   dataflow_set *src1 = &cur;
4265   struct dfset_merge dsm;
4266   int i;
4267   size_t src1_elems, src2_elems;
4268   variable_iterator_type hi;
4269   variable *var;
4270 
4271   src1_elems = shared_hash_htab (src1->vars)->elements ();
4272   src2_elems = shared_hash_htab (src2->vars)->elements ();
4273   dataflow_set_init (dst);
4274   dst->stack_adjust = cur.stack_adjust;
4275   shared_hash_destroy (dst->vars);
4276   dst->vars = new shared_hash;
4277   dst->vars->refcount = 1;
4278   dst->vars->htab = new variable_table_type (MAX (src1_elems, src2_elems));
4279 
4280   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
4281     attrs_list_mpdv_union (&dst->regs[i], src1->regs[i], src2->regs[i]);
4282 
4283   dsm.dst = dst;
4284   dsm.src = src2;
4285   dsm.cur = src1;
4286   dsm.src_onepart_cnt = 0;
4287 
4288   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (dsm.src->vars),
4289                                      var, variable, hi)
4290     variable_merge_over_src (var, &dsm);
4291   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (dsm.cur->vars),
4292                                      var, variable, hi)
4293     variable_merge_over_cur (var, &dsm);
4294 
4295   if (dsm.src_onepart_cnt)
4296     dst_can_be_shared = false;
4297 
4298   dataflow_set_destroy (src1);
4299 }
4300 
4301 /* Mark register equivalences.  */
4302 
4303 static void
dataflow_set_equiv_regs(dataflow_set * set)4304 dataflow_set_equiv_regs (dataflow_set *set)
4305 {
4306   int i;
4307   attrs *list, **listp;
4308 
4309   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
4310     {
4311       rtx canon[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
4312 
4313       /* If the list is empty or one entry, no need to canonicalize
4314            anything.  */
4315       if (set->regs[i] == NULL || set->regs[i]->next == NULL)
4316           continue;
4317 
4318       memset (canon, 0, sizeof (canon));
4319 
4320       for (list = set->regs[i]; list; list = list->next)
4321           if (list->offset == 0 && dv_is_value_p (list->dv))
4322             {
4323               rtx val = dv_as_value (list->dv);
4324               rtx *cvalp = &canon[(int)GET_MODE (val)];
4325               rtx cval = *cvalp;
4326 
4327               if (canon_value_cmp (val, cval))
4328                 *cvalp = val;
4329             }
4330 
4331       for (list = set->regs[i]; list; list = list->next)
4332           if (list->offset == 0 && dv_onepart_p (list->dv))
4333             {
4334               rtx cval = canon[(int)GET_MODE (list->loc)];
4335 
4336               if (!cval)
4337                 continue;
4338 
4339               if (dv_is_value_p (list->dv))
4340                 {
4341                     rtx val = dv_as_value (list->dv);
4342 
4343                     if (val == cval)
4344                       continue;
4345 
4346                     VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val) = true;
4347                     set_variable_part (set, val, dv_from_value (cval), 0,
4348                                            VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED,
4349                                            NULL, NO_INSERT);
4350                 }
4351 
4352               VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval) = true;
4353               set_variable_part (set, cval, list->dv, 0,
4354                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL, NO_INSERT);
4355             }
4356 
4357       for (listp = &set->regs[i]; (list = *listp);
4358              listp = list ? &list->next : listp)
4359           if (list->offset == 0 && dv_onepart_p (list->dv))
4360             {
4361               rtx cval = canon[(int)GET_MODE (list->loc)];
4362               variable **slot;
4363 
4364               if (!cval)
4365                 continue;
4366 
4367               if (dv_is_value_p (list->dv))
4368                 {
4369                     rtx val = dv_as_value (list->dv);
4370                     if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val))
4371                       continue;
4372                 }
4373 
4374               slot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, list->dv);
4375               canonicalize_values_star (slot, set);
4376               if (*listp != list)
4377                 list = NULL;
4378             }
4379     }
4380 }
4381 
4382 /* Remove any redundant values in the location list of VAR, which must
4383    be unshared and 1-part.  */
4384 
4385 static void
remove_duplicate_values(variable * var)4386 remove_duplicate_values (variable *var)
4387 {
4388   location_chain *node, **nodep;
4389 
4390   gcc_assert (var->onepart);
4391   gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
4392   gcc_assert (var->refcount == 1);
4393 
4394   for (nodep = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain; (node = *nodep); )
4395     {
4396       if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
4397           {
4398             if (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc))
4399               {
4400                 /* Remove duplicate value node.  */
4401                 *nodep = node->next;
4402                 delete node;
4403                 continue;
4404               }
4405             else
4406               VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc) = true;
4407           }
4408       nodep = &node->next;
4409     }
4410 
4411   for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
4412     if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
4413       {
4414           gcc_assert (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc));
4415           VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc) = false;
4416       }
4417 }
4418 
4419 
4420 /* Hash table iteration argument passed to variable_post_merge.  */
4421 struct dfset_post_merge
4422 {
4423   /* The new input set for the current block.  */
4424   dataflow_set *set;
4425   /* Pointer to the permanent input set for the current block, or
4426      NULL.  */
4427   dataflow_set **permp;
4428 };
4429 
4430 /* Create values for incoming expressions associated with one-part
4431    variables that don't have value numbers for them.  */
4432 
4433 int
variable_post_merge_new_vals(variable ** slot,dfset_post_merge * dfpm)4434 variable_post_merge_new_vals (variable **slot, dfset_post_merge *dfpm)
4435 {
4436   dataflow_set *set = dfpm->set;
4437   variable *var = *slot;
4438   location_chain *node;
4439 
4440   if (!var->onepart || !var->n_var_parts)
4441     return 1;
4442 
4443   gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
4444 
4445   if (dv_is_decl_p (var->dv))
4446     {
4447       bool check_dupes = false;
4448 
4449     restart:
4450       for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
4451           {
4452             if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
4453               gcc_assert (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc));
4454             else if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == REG)
4455               {
4456                 attrs *att, **attp, **curp = NULL;
4457 
4458                 if (var->refcount != 1)
4459                     {
4460                       slot = unshare_variable (set, slot, var,
4461                                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
4462                       var = *slot;
4463                       goto restart;
4464                     }
4465 
4466                 for (attp = &set->regs[REGNO (node->loc)]; (att = *attp);
4467                        attp = &att->next)
4468                     if (att->offset == 0
4469                         && GET_MODE (att->loc) == GET_MODE (node->loc))
4470                       {
4471                         if (dv_is_value_p (att->dv))
4472                           {
4473                               rtx cval = dv_as_value (att->dv);
4474                               node->loc = cval;
4475                               check_dupes = true;
4476                               break;
4477                           }
4478                         else if (dv_as_opaque (att->dv) == dv_as_opaque (var->dv))
4479                           curp = attp;
4480                       }
4481 
4482                 if (!curp)
4483                     {
4484                       curp = attp;
4485                       while (*curp)
4486                         if ((*curp)->offset == 0
4487                               && GET_MODE ((*curp)->loc) == GET_MODE (node->loc)
4488                               && dv_as_opaque ((*curp)->dv) == dv_as_opaque (var->dv))
4489                           break;
4490                         else
4491                           curp = &(*curp)->next;
4492                       gcc_assert (*curp);
4493                     }
4494 
4495                 if (!att)
4496                     {
4497                       decl_or_value cdv;
4498                       rtx cval;
4499 
4500                       if (!*dfpm->permp)
4501                         {
4502                           *dfpm->permp = XNEW (dataflow_set);
4503                           dataflow_set_init (*dfpm->permp);
4504                         }
4505 
4506                       for (att = (*dfpm->permp)->regs[REGNO (node->loc)];
4507                            att; att = att->next)
4508                         if (GET_MODE (att->loc) == GET_MODE (node->loc))
4509                           {
4510                               gcc_assert (att->offset == 0
4511                                             && dv_is_value_p (att->dv));
4512                               val_reset (set, att->dv);
4513                               break;
4514                           }
4515 
4516                       if (att)
4517                         {
4518                           cdv = att->dv;
4519                           cval = dv_as_value (cdv);
4520                         }
4521                       else
4522                         {
4523                           /* Create a unique value to hold this register,
4524                                that ought to be found and reused in
4525                                subsequent rounds.  */
4526                           cselib_val *v;
4527                           gcc_assert (!cselib_lookup (node->loc,
4528                                                               GET_MODE (node->loc), 0,
4529                                                               VOIDmode));
4530                           v = cselib_lookup (node->loc, GET_MODE (node->loc), 1,
4531                                                    VOIDmode);
4532                           cselib_preserve_value (v);
4533                           cselib_invalidate_rtx (node->loc);
4534                           cval = v->val_rtx;
4535                           cdv = dv_from_value (cval);
4536                           if (dump_file)
4537                               fprintf (dump_file,
4538                                          "Created new value %u:%u for reg %i\n",
4539                                          v->uid, v->hash, REGNO (node->loc));
4540                         }
4541 
4542                       var_reg_decl_set (*dfpm->permp, node->loc,
4543                                             VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED,
4544                                             cdv, 0, NULL, INSERT);
4545 
4546                       node->loc = cval;
4547                       check_dupes = true;
4548                     }
4549 
4550                 /* Remove attribute referring to the decl, which now
4551                      uses the value for the register, already existing or
4552                      to be added when we bring perm in.  */
4553                 att = *curp;
4554                 *curp = att->next;
4555                 delete att;
4556               }
4557           }
4558 
4559       if (check_dupes)
4560           remove_duplicate_values (var);
4561     }
4562 
4563   return 1;
4564 }
4565 
4566 /* Reset values in the permanent set that are not associated with the
4567    chosen expression.  */
4568 
4569 int
variable_post_merge_perm_vals(variable ** pslot,dfset_post_merge * dfpm)4570 variable_post_merge_perm_vals (variable **pslot, dfset_post_merge *dfpm)
4571 {
4572   dataflow_set *set = dfpm->set;
4573   variable *pvar = *pslot, *var;
4574   location_chain *pnode;
4575   decl_or_value dv;
4576   attrs *att;
4577 
4578   gcc_assert (dv_is_value_p (pvar->dv)
4579                 && pvar->n_var_parts == 1);
4580   pnode = pvar->var_part[0].loc_chain;
4581   gcc_assert (pnode
4582                 && !pnode->next
4583                 && REG_P (pnode->loc));
4584 
4585   dv = pvar->dv;
4586 
4587   var = shared_hash_find (set->vars, dv);
4588   if (var)
4589     {
4590       /* Although variable_post_merge_new_vals may have made decls
4591            non-star-canonical, values that pre-existed in canonical form
4592            remain canonical, and newly-created values reference a single
4593            REG, so they are canonical as well.  Since VAR has the
4594            location list for a VALUE, using find_loc_in_1pdv for it is
4595            fine, since VALUEs don't map back to DECLs.  */
4596       if (find_loc_in_1pdv (pnode->loc, var, shared_hash_htab (set->vars)))
4597           return 1;
4598       val_reset (set, dv);
4599     }
4600 
4601   for (att = set->regs[REGNO (pnode->loc)]; att; att = att->next)
4602     if (att->offset == 0
4603           && GET_MODE (att->loc) == GET_MODE (pnode->loc)
4604           && dv_is_value_p (att->dv))
4605       break;
4606 
4607   /* If there is a value associated with this register already, create
4608      an equivalence.  */
4609   if (att && dv_as_value (att->dv) != dv_as_value (dv))
4610     {
4611       rtx cval = dv_as_value (att->dv);
4612       set_variable_part (set, cval, dv, 0, pnode->init, NULL, INSERT);
4613       set_variable_part (set, dv_as_value (dv), att->dv, 0, pnode->init,
4614                                NULL, INSERT);
4615     }
4616   else if (!att)
4617     {
4618       attrs_list_insert (&set->regs[REGNO (pnode->loc)],
4619                                dv, 0, pnode->loc);
4620       variable_union (pvar, set);
4621     }
4622 
4623   return 1;
4624 }
4625 
4626 /* Just checking stuff and registering register attributes for
4627    now.  */
4628 
4629 static void
dataflow_post_merge_adjust(dataflow_set * set,dataflow_set ** permp)4630 dataflow_post_merge_adjust (dataflow_set *set, dataflow_set **permp)
4631 {
4632   struct dfset_post_merge dfpm;
4633 
4634   dfpm.set = set;
4635   dfpm.permp = permp;
4636 
4637   shared_hash_htab (set->vars)
4638     ->traverse <dfset_post_merge*, variable_post_merge_new_vals> (&dfpm);
4639   if (*permp)
4640     shared_hash_htab ((*permp)->vars)
4641       ->traverse <dfset_post_merge*, variable_post_merge_perm_vals> (&dfpm);
4642   shared_hash_htab (set->vars)
4643     ->traverse <dataflow_set *, canonicalize_values_star> (set);
4644   shared_hash_htab (set->vars)
4645     ->traverse <dataflow_set *, canonicalize_vars_star> (set);
4646 }
4647 
4648 /* Return a node whose loc is a MEM that refers to EXPR in the
4649    location list of a one-part variable or value VAR, or in that of
4650    any values recursively mentioned in the location lists.  */
4651 
4652 static location_chain *
find_mem_expr_in_1pdv(tree expr,rtx val,variable_table_type * vars)4653 find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (tree expr, rtx val, variable_table_type *vars)
4654 {
4655   location_chain *node;
4656   decl_or_value dv;
4657   variable *var;
4658   location_chain *where = NULL;
4659 
4660   if (!val)
4661     return NULL;
4662 
4663   gcc_assert (GET_CODE (val) == VALUE
4664                 && !VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val));
4665 
4666   dv = dv_from_value (val);
4667   var = vars->find_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv));
4668 
4669   if (!var)
4670     return NULL;
4671 
4672   gcc_assert (var->onepart);
4673 
4674   if (!var->n_var_parts)
4675     return NULL;
4676 
4677   VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val) = true;
4678 
4679   for (node = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
4680     if (MEM_P (node->loc)
4681           && MEM_EXPR (node->loc) == expr
4682           && int_mem_offset (node->loc) == 0)
4683       {
4684           where = node;
4685           break;
4686       }
4687     else if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE
4688                && !VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node->loc)
4689                && (where = find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (expr, node->loc, vars)))
4690       break;
4691 
4692   VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val) = false;
4693 
4694   return where;
4695 }
4696 
4697 /* Return TRUE if the value of MEM may vary across a call.  */
4698 
4699 static bool
mem_dies_at_call(rtx mem)4700 mem_dies_at_call (rtx mem)
4701 {
4702   tree expr = MEM_EXPR (mem);
4703   tree decl;
4704 
4705   if (!expr)
4706     return true;
4707 
4708   decl = get_base_address (expr);
4709 
4710   if (!decl)
4711     return true;
4712 
4713   if (!DECL_P (decl))
4714     return true;
4715 
4716   return (may_be_aliased (decl)
4717             || (!TREE_READONLY (decl) && is_global_var (decl)));
4718 }
4719 
4720 /* Remove all MEMs from the location list of a hash table entry for a
4721    one-part variable, except those whose MEM attributes map back to
4722    the variable itself, directly or within a VALUE.  */
4723 
4724 int
dataflow_set_preserve_mem_locs(variable ** slot,dataflow_set * set)4725 dataflow_set_preserve_mem_locs (variable **slot, dataflow_set *set)
4726 {
4727   variable *var = *slot;
4728 
4729   if (var->onepart == ONEPART_VDECL || var->onepart == ONEPART_DEXPR)
4730     {
4731       tree decl = dv_as_decl (var->dv);
4732       location_chain *loc, **locp;
4733       bool changed = false;
4734 
4735       if (!var->n_var_parts)
4736           return 1;
4737 
4738       gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
4739 
4740       if (shared_var_p (var, set->vars))
4741           {
4742             for (loc = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; loc; loc = loc->next)
4743               {
4744                 /* We want to remove dying MEMs that don't refer to DECL.  */
4745                 if (GET_CODE (loc->loc) == MEM
4746                       && (MEM_EXPR (loc->loc) != decl
4747                           || int_mem_offset (loc->loc) != 0)
4748                       && mem_dies_at_call (loc->loc))
4749                     break;
4750                 /* We want to move here MEMs that do refer to DECL.  */
4751                 else if (GET_CODE (loc->loc) == VALUE
4752                            && find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (decl, loc->loc,
4753                                                              shared_hash_htab (set->vars)))
4754                     break;
4755               }
4756 
4757             if (!loc)
4758               return 1;
4759 
4760             slot = unshare_variable (set, slot, var, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN);
4761             var = *slot;
4762             gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
4763           }
4764 
4765       for (locp = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain, loc = *locp;
4766              loc; loc = *locp)
4767           {
4768             rtx old_loc = loc->loc;
4769             if (GET_CODE (old_loc) == VALUE)
4770               {
4771                 location_chain *mem_node
4772                     = find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (decl, loc->loc,
4773                                                    shared_hash_htab (set->vars));
4774 
4775                 /* ??? This picks up only one out of multiple MEMs that
4776                      refer to the same variable.  Do we ever need to be
4777                      concerned about dealing with more than one, or, given
4778                      that they should all map to the same variable
4779                      location, their addresses will have been merged and
4780                      they will be regarded as equivalent?  */
4781                 if (mem_node)
4782                     {
4783                       loc->loc = mem_node->loc;
4784                       loc->set_src = mem_node->set_src;
4785                       loc->init = MIN (loc->init, mem_node->init);
4786                     }
4787               }
4788 
4789             if (GET_CODE (loc->loc) != MEM
4790                 || (MEM_EXPR (loc->loc) == decl
4791                       && int_mem_offset (loc->loc) == 0)
4792                 || !mem_dies_at_call (loc->loc))
4793               {
4794                 if (old_loc != loc->loc && emit_notes)
4795                     {
4796                       if (old_loc == var->var_part[0].cur_loc)
4797                         {
4798                           changed = true;
4799                           var->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
4800                         }
4801                     }
4802                 locp = &loc->next;
4803                 continue;
4804               }
4805 
4806             if (emit_notes)
4807               {
4808                 if (old_loc == var->var_part[0].cur_loc)
4809                     {
4810                       changed = true;
4811                       var->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
4812                     }
4813               }
4814             *locp = loc->next;
4815             delete loc;
4816           }
4817 
4818       if (!var->var_part[0].loc_chain)
4819           {
4820             var->n_var_parts--;
4821             changed = true;
4822           }
4823       if (changed)
4824           variable_was_changed (var, set);
4825     }
4826 
4827   return 1;
4828 }
4829 
4830 /* Remove all MEMs from the location list of a hash table entry for a
4831    onepart variable.  */
4832 
4833 int
dataflow_set_remove_mem_locs(variable ** slot,dataflow_set * set)4834 dataflow_set_remove_mem_locs (variable **slot, dataflow_set *set)
4835 {
4836   variable *var = *slot;
4837 
4838   if (var->onepart != NOT_ONEPART)
4839     {
4840       location_chain *loc, **locp;
4841       bool changed = false;
4842       rtx cur_loc;
4843 
4844       gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
4845 
4846       if (shared_var_p (var, set->vars))
4847           {
4848             for (loc = var->var_part[0].loc_chain; loc; loc = loc->next)
4849               if (GET_CODE (loc->loc) == MEM
4850                     && mem_dies_at_call (loc->loc))
4851                 break;
4852 
4853             if (!loc)
4854               return 1;
4855 
4856             slot = unshare_variable (set, slot, var, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN);
4857             var = *slot;
4858             gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
4859           }
4860 
4861       if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
4862           cur_loc = VAR_LOC_FROM (var);
4863       else
4864           cur_loc = var->var_part[0].cur_loc;
4865 
4866       for (locp = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain, loc = *locp;
4867              loc; loc = *locp)
4868           {
4869             if (GET_CODE (loc->loc) != MEM
4870                 || !mem_dies_at_call (loc->loc))
4871               {
4872                 locp = &loc->next;
4873                 continue;
4874               }
4875 
4876             *locp = loc->next;
4877             /* If we have deleted the location which was last emitted
4878                we have to emit new location so add the variable to set
4879                of changed variables.  */
4880             if (cur_loc == loc->loc)
4881               {
4882                 changed = true;
4883                 var->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
4884                 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
4885                     VAR_LOC_FROM (var) = NULL;
4886               }
4887             delete loc;
4888           }
4889 
4890       if (!var->var_part[0].loc_chain)
4891           {
4892             var->n_var_parts--;
4893             changed = true;
4894           }
4895       if (changed)
4896           variable_was_changed (var, set);
4897     }
4898 
4899   return 1;
4900 }
4901 
4902 /* Remove all variable-location information about call-clobbered
4903    registers, as well as associations between MEMs and VALUEs.  */
4904 
4905 static void
dataflow_set_clear_at_call(dataflow_set * set,rtx_insn * call_insn)4906 dataflow_set_clear_at_call (dataflow_set *set, rtx_insn *call_insn)
4907 {
4908   unsigned int r;
4909   hard_reg_set_iterator hrsi;
4910 
4911   HARD_REG_SET callee_clobbers
4912     = insn_callee_abi (call_insn).full_reg_clobbers ();
4913 
4914   EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_HARD_REG_SET (callee_clobbers, 0, r, hrsi)
4915     var_regno_delete (set, r);
4916 
4917   if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
4918     {
4919       set->traversed_vars = set->vars;
4920       shared_hash_htab (set->vars)
4921           ->traverse <dataflow_set *, dataflow_set_preserve_mem_locs> (set);
4922       set->traversed_vars = set->vars;
4923       shared_hash_htab (set->vars)
4924           ->traverse <dataflow_set *, dataflow_set_remove_mem_locs> (set);
4925       set->traversed_vars = NULL;
4926     }
4927 }
4928 
4929 static bool
variable_part_different_p(variable_part * vp1,variable_part * vp2)4930 variable_part_different_p (variable_part *vp1, variable_part *vp2)
4931 {
4932   location_chain *lc1, *lc2;
4933 
4934   for (lc1 = vp1->loc_chain; lc1; lc1 = lc1->next)
4935     {
4936       for (lc2 = vp2->loc_chain; lc2; lc2 = lc2->next)
4937           {
4938             if (REG_P (lc1->loc) && REG_P (lc2->loc))
4939               {
4940                 if (REGNO (lc1->loc) == REGNO (lc2->loc))
4941                     break;
4942               }
4943             if (rtx_equal_p (lc1->loc, lc2->loc))
4944               break;
4945           }
4946       if (!lc2)
4947           return true;
4948     }
4949   return false;
4950 }
4951 
4952 /* Return true if one-part variables VAR1 and VAR2 are different.
4953    They must be in canonical order.  */
4954 
4955 static bool
onepart_variable_different_p(variable * var1,variable * var2)4956 onepart_variable_different_p (variable *var1, variable *var2)
4957 {
4958   location_chain *lc1, *lc2;
4959 
4960   if (var1 == var2)
4961     return false;
4962 
4963   gcc_assert (var1->n_var_parts == 1
4964                 && var2->n_var_parts == 1);
4965 
4966   lc1 = var1->var_part[0].loc_chain;
4967   lc2 = var2->var_part[0].loc_chain;
4968 
4969   gcc_assert (lc1 && lc2);
4970 
4971   while (lc1 && lc2)
4972     {
4973       if (loc_cmp (lc1->loc, lc2->loc))
4974           return true;
4975       lc1 = lc1->next;
4976       lc2 = lc2->next;
4977     }
4978 
4979   return lc1 != lc2;
4980 }
4981 
4982 /* Return true if one-part variables VAR1 and VAR2 are different.
4983    They must be in canonical order.  */
4984 
4985 static void
dump_onepart_variable_differences(variable * var1,variable * var2)4986 dump_onepart_variable_differences (variable *var1, variable *var2)
4987 {
4988   location_chain *lc1, *lc2;
4989 
4990   gcc_assert (var1 != var2);
4991   gcc_assert (dump_file);
4992   gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (var1->dv) == dv_as_opaque (var2->dv));
4993   gcc_assert (var1->n_var_parts == 1
4994                 && var2->n_var_parts == 1);
4995 
4996   lc1 = var1->var_part[0].loc_chain;
4997   lc2 = var2->var_part[0].loc_chain;
4998 
4999   gcc_assert (lc1 && lc2);
5000 
5001   while (lc1 && lc2)
5002     {
5003       switch (loc_cmp (lc1->loc, lc2->loc))
5004           {
5005           case -1:
5006             fprintf (dump_file, "removed: ");
5007             print_rtl_single (dump_file, lc1->loc);
5008             lc1 = lc1->next;
5009             continue;
5010           case 0:
5011             break;
5012           case 1:
5013             fprintf (dump_file, "added: ");
5014             print_rtl_single (dump_file, lc2->loc);
5015             lc2 = lc2->next;
5016             continue;
5017           default:
5018             gcc_unreachable ();
5019           }
5020       lc1 = lc1->next;
5021       lc2 = lc2->next;
5022     }
5023 
5024   while (lc1)
5025     {
5026       fprintf (dump_file, "removed: ");
5027       print_rtl_single (dump_file, lc1->loc);
5028       lc1 = lc1->next;
5029     }
5030 
5031   while (lc2)
5032     {
5033       fprintf (dump_file, "added: ");
5034       print_rtl_single (dump_file, lc2->loc);
5035       lc2 = lc2->next;
5036     }
5037 }
5038 
5039 /* Return true if variables VAR1 and VAR2 are different.  */
5040 
5041 static bool
variable_different_p(variable * var1,variable * var2)5042 variable_different_p (variable *var1, variable *var2)
5043 {
5044   int i;
5045 
5046   if (var1 == var2)
5047     return false;
5048 
5049   if (var1->onepart != var2->onepart)
5050     return true;
5051 
5052   if (var1->n_var_parts != var2->n_var_parts)
5053     return true;
5054 
5055   if (var1->onepart && var1->n_var_parts)
5056     {
5057       gcc_checking_assert (dv_as_opaque (var1->dv) == dv_as_opaque (var2->dv)
5058                                  && var1->n_var_parts == 1);
5059       /* One-part values have locations in a canonical order.  */
5060       return onepart_variable_different_p (var1, var2);
5061     }
5062 
5063   for (i = 0; i < var1->n_var_parts; i++)
5064     {
5065       if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (var1, i) != VAR_PART_OFFSET (var2, i))
5066           return true;
5067       if (variable_part_different_p (&var1->var_part[i], &var2->var_part[i]))
5068           return true;
5069       if (variable_part_different_p (&var2->var_part[i], &var1->var_part[i]))
5070           return true;
5071     }
5072   return false;
5073 }
5074 
5075 /* Return true if dataflow sets OLD_SET and NEW_SET differ.  */
5076 
5077 static bool
dataflow_set_different(dataflow_set * old_set,dataflow_set * new_set)5078 dataflow_set_different (dataflow_set *old_set, dataflow_set *new_set)
5079 {
5080   variable_iterator_type hi;
5081   variable *var1;
5082   bool diffound = false;
5083   bool details = (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS));
5084 
5085 #define RETRUE                                              \
5086   do                                                        \
5087     {                                                       \
5088       if (!details)                               \
5089           return true;                                      \
5090       else                                                  \
5091           diffound = true;                        \
5092     }                                                       \
5093   while (0)
5094 
5095   if (old_set->vars == new_set->vars)
5096     return false;
5097 
5098   if (shared_hash_htab (old_set->vars)->elements ()
5099       != shared_hash_htab (new_set->vars)->elements ())
5100     RETRUE;
5101 
5102   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (old_set->vars),
5103                                      var1, variable, hi)
5104     {
5105       variable_table_type *htab = shared_hash_htab (new_set->vars);
5106       variable *var2 = htab->find_with_hash (var1->dv, dv_htab_hash (var1->dv));
5107 
5108       if (!var2)
5109           {
5110             if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
5111               {
5112                 fprintf (dump_file, "dataflow difference found: removal of:\n");
5113                 dump_var (var1);
5114               }
5115             RETRUE;
5116           }
5117       else if (variable_different_p (var1, var2))
5118           {
5119             if (details)
5120               {
5121                 fprintf (dump_file, "dataflow difference found: "
5122                            "old and new follow:\n");
5123                 dump_var (var1);
5124                 if (dv_onepart_p (var1->dv))
5125                     dump_onepart_variable_differences (var1, var2);
5126                 dump_var (var2);
5127               }
5128             RETRUE;
5129           }
5130     }
5131 
5132   /* There's no need to traverse the second hashtab unless we want to
5133      print the details.  If both have the same number of elements and
5134      the second one had all entries found in the first one, then the
5135      second can't have any extra entries.  */
5136   if (!details)
5137     return diffound;
5138 
5139   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (new_set->vars),
5140                                      var1, variable, hi)
5141     {
5142       variable_table_type *htab = shared_hash_htab (old_set->vars);
5143       variable *var2 = htab->find_with_hash (var1->dv, dv_htab_hash (var1->dv));
5144       if (!var2)
5145           {
5146             if (details)
5147               {
5148                 fprintf (dump_file, "dataflow difference found: addition of:\n");
5149                 dump_var (var1);
5150               }
5151             RETRUE;
5152           }
5153     }
5154 
5155 #undef RETRUE
5156 
5157   return diffound;
5158 }
5159 
5160 /* Free the contents of dataflow set SET.  */
5161 
5162 static void
dataflow_set_destroy(dataflow_set * set)5163 dataflow_set_destroy (dataflow_set *set)
5164 {
5165   int i;
5166 
5167   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
5168     attrs_list_clear (&set->regs[i]);
5169 
5170   shared_hash_destroy (set->vars);
5171   set->vars = NULL;
5172 }
5173 
5174 /* Return true if T is a tracked parameter with non-degenerate record type.  */
5175 
5176 static bool
tracked_record_parameter_p(tree t)5177 tracked_record_parameter_p (tree t)
5178 {
5179   if (TREE_CODE (t) != PARM_DECL)
5180     return false;
5181 
5182   if (DECL_MODE (t) == BLKmode)
5183     return false;
5184 
5185   tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
5186   if (TREE_CODE (type) != RECORD_TYPE)
5187     return false;
5188 
5189   if (TYPE_FIELDS (type) == NULL_TREE
5190       || DECL_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (type)) == NULL_TREE)
5191     return false;
5192 
5193   return true;
5194 }
5195 
5196 /* Shall EXPR be tracked?  */
5197 
5198 static bool
track_expr_p(tree expr,bool need_rtl)5199 track_expr_p (tree expr, bool need_rtl)
5200 {
5201   rtx decl_rtl;
5202   tree realdecl;
5203 
5204   if (TREE_CODE (expr) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL)
5205     return DECL_RTL_SET_P (expr);
5206 
5207   /* If EXPR is not a parameter or a variable do not track it.  */
5208   if (!VAR_P (expr) && TREE_CODE (expr) != PARM_DECL)
5209     return 0;
5210 
5211   /* It also must have a name...  */
5212   if (!DECL_NAME (expr) && need_rtl)
5213     return 0;
5214 
5215   /* ... and a RTL assigned to it.  */
5216   decl_rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (expr);
5217   if (!decl_rtl && need_rtl)
5218     return 0;
5219 
5220   /* If this expression is really a debug alias of some other declaration, we
5221      don't need to track this expression if the ultimate declaration is
5222      ignored.  */
5223   realdecl = expr;
5224   if (VAR_P (realdecl) && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (realdecl))
5225     {
5226       realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (realdecl);
5227       if (!DECL_P (realdecl))
5228           {
5229             if (handled_component_p (realdecl)
5230                 || (TREE_CODE (realdecl) == MEM_REF
5231                       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (realdecl, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR))
5232               {
5233                 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
5234                 bool reverse;
5235                 tree innerdecl
5236                     = get_ref_base_and_extent_hwi (realdecl, &bitpos,
5237                                                          &bitsize, &reverse);
5238                 if (!innerdecl
5239                       || !DECL_P (innerdecl)
5240                       || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
5241                       /* Do not track declarations for parts of tracked record
5242                          parameters since we want to track them as a whole.  */
5243                       || tracked_record_parameter_p (innerdecl)
5244                       || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
5245                       || bitsize == 0
5246                       || bitpos + bitsize > 256)
5247                     return 0;
5248                 else
5249                     realdecl = expr;
5250               }
5251             else
5252               return 0;
5253           }
5254     }
5255 
5256   /* Do not track EXPR if REALDECL it should be ignored for debugging
5257      purposes.  */
5258   if (DECL_IGNORED_P (realdecl))
5259     return 0;
5260 
5261   /* Do not track global variables until we are able to emit correct location
5262      list for them.  */
5263   if (TREE_STATIC (realdecl))
5264     return 0;
5265 
5266   /* When the EXPR is a DECL for alias of some variable (see example)
5267      the TREE_STATIC flag is not used.  Disable tracking all DECLs whose
5268      DECL_RTL contains SYMBOL_REF.
5269 
5270      Example:
5271      extern char **_dl_argv_internal __attribute__ ((alias ("_dl_argv")));
5272      char **_dl_argv;
5273   */
5274   if (decl_rtl && MEM_P (decl_rtl)
5275       && contains_symbol_ref_p (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)))
5276     return 0;
5277 
5278   /* If RTX is a memory it should not be very large (because it would be
5279      an array or struct).  */
5280   if (decl_rtl && MEM_P (decl_rtl))
5281     {
5282       /* Do not track structures and arrays.  */
5283       if ((GET_MODE (decl_rtl) == BLKmode
5284              || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (realdecl)))
5285             && !tracked_record_parameter_p (realdecl))
5286           return 0;
5287       if (MEM_SIZE_KNOWN_P (decl_rtl)
5288             && maybe_gt (MEM_SIZE (decl_rtl), MAX_VAR_PARTS))
5289           return 0;
5290     }
5291 
5292   DECL_CHANGED (expr) = 0;
5293   DECL_CHANGED (realdecl) = 0;
5294   return 1;
5295 }
5296 
5297 /* Determine whether a given LOC refers to the same variable part as
5298    EXPR+OFFSET.  */
5299 
5300 static bool
same_variable_part_p(rtx loc,tree expr,poly_int64 offset)5301 same_variable_part_p (rtx loc, tree expr, poly_int64 offset)
5302 {
5303   tree expr2;
5304   poly_int64 offset2;
5305 
5306   if (! DECL_P (expr))
5307     return false;
5308 
5309   if (REG_P (loc))
5310     {
5311       expr2 = REG_EXPR (loc);
5312       offset2 = REG_OFFSET (loc);
5313     }
5314   else if (MEM_P (loc))
5315     {
5316       expr2 = MEM_EXPR (loc);
5317       offset2 = int_mem_offset (loc);
5318     }
5319   else
5320     return false;
5321 
5322   if (! expr2 || ! DECL_P (expr2))
5323     return false;
5324 
5325   expr = var_debug_decl (expr);
5326   expr2 = var_debug_decl (expr2);
5327 
5328   return (expr == expr2 && known_eq (offset, offset2));
5329 }
5330 
5331 /* LOC is a REG or MEM that we would like to track if possible.
5332    If EXPR is null, we don't know what expression LOC refers to,
5333    otherwise it refers to EXPR + OFFSET.  STORE_REG_P is true if
5334    LOC is an lvalue register.
5335 
5336    Return true if EXPR is nonnull and if LOC, or some lowpart of it,
5337    is something we can track.  When returning true, store the mode of
5338    the lowpart we can track in *MODE_OUT (if nonnull) and its offset
5339    from EXPR in *OFFSET_OUT (if nonnull).  */
5340 
5341 static bool
track_loc_p(rtx loc,tree expr,poly_int64 offset,bool store_reg_p,machine_mode * mode_out,HOST_WIDE_INT * offset_out)5342 track_loc_p (rtx loc, tree expr, poly_int64 offset, bool store_reg_p,
5343                machine_mode *mode_out, HOST_WIDE_INT *offset_out)
5344 {
5345   machine_mode mode;
5346 
5347   if (expr == NULL || !track_expr_p (expr, true))
5348     return false;
5349 
5350   /* If REG was a paradoxical subreg, its REG_ATTRS will describe the
5351      whole subreg, but only the old inner part is really relevant.  */
5352   mode = GET_MODE (loc);
5353   if (REG_P (loc) && !HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (ORIGINAL_REGNO (loc)))
5354     {
5355       machine_mode pseudo_mode;
5356 
5357       pseudo_mode = PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (ORIGINAL_REGNO (loc));
5358       if (paradoxical_subreg_p (mode, pseudo_mode))
5359           {
5360             offset += byte_lowpart_offset (pseudo_mode, mode);
5361             mode = pseudo_mode;
5362           }
5363     }
5364 
5365   /* If LOC is a paradoxical lowpart of EXPR, refer to EXPR itself.
5366      Do the same if we are storing to a register and EXPR occupies
5367      the whole of register LOC; in that case, the whole of EXPR is
5368      being changed.  We exclude complex modes from the second case
5369      because the real and imaginary parts are represented as separate
5370      pseudo registers, even if the whole complex value fits into one
5371      hard register.  */
5372   if ((paradoxical_subreg_p (mode, DECL_MODE (expr))
5373        || (store_reg_p
5374              && !COMPLEX_MODE_P (DECL_MODE (expr))
5375              && hard_regno_nregs (REGNO (loc), DECL_MODE (expr)) == 1))
5376       && known_eq (offset + byte_lowpart_offset (DECL_MODE (expr), mode), 0))
5377     {
5378       mode = DECL_MODE (expr);
5379       offset = 0;
5380     }
5381 
5382   HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset;
5383   if (!track_offset_p (offset, &const_offset))
5384     return false;
5385 
5386   if (mode_out)
5387     *mode_out = mode;
5388   if (offset_out)
5389     *offset_out = const_offset;
5390   return true;
5391 }
5392 
5393 /* Return the MODE lowpart of LOC, or null if LOC is not something we
5394    want to track.  When returning nonnull, make sure that the attributes
5395    on the returned value are updated.  */
5396 
5397 static rtx
var_lowpart(machine_mode mode,rtx loc)5398 var_lowpart (machine_mode mode, rtx loc)
5399 {
5400   unsigned int regno;
5401 
5402   if (GET_MODE (loc) == mode)
5403     return loc;
5404 
5405   if (!REG_P (loc) && !MEM_P (loc))
5406     return NULL;
5407 
5408   poly_uint64 offset = byte_lowpart_offset (mode, GET_MODE (loc));
5409 
5410   if (MEM_P (loc))
5411     return adjust_address_nv (loc, mode, offset);
5412 
5413   poly_uint64 reg_offset = subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, GET_MODE (loc));
5414   regno = REGNO (loc) + subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (loc), GET_MODE (loc),
5415                                                        reg_offset, mode);
5416   return gen_rtx_REG_offset (loc, mode, regno, offset);
5417 }
5418 
5419 /* Carry information about uses and stores while walking rtx.  */
5420 
5421 struct count_use_info
5422 {
5423   /* The insn where the RTX is.  */
5424   rtx_insn *insn;
5425 
5426   /* The basic block where insn is.  */
5427   basic_block bb;
5428 
5429   /* The array of n_sets sets in the insn, as determined by cselib.  */
5430   struct cselib_set *sets;
5431   int n_sets;
5432 
5433   /* True if we're counting stores, false otherwise.  */
5434   bool store_p;
5435 };
5436 
5437 /* Find a VALUE corresponding to X.   */
5438 
5439 static inline cselib_val *
find_use_val(rtx x,machine_mode mode,struct count_use_info * cui)5440 find_use_val (rtx x, machine_mode mode, struct count_use_info *cui)
5441 {
5442   int i;
5443 
5444   if (cui->sets)
5445     {
5446       /* This is called after uses are set up and before stores are
5447            processed by cselib, so it's safe to look up srcs, but not
5448            dsts.  So we look up expressions that appear in srcs or in
5449            dest expressions, but we search the sets array for dests of
5450            stores.  */
5451       if (cui->store_p)
5452           {
5453             /* Some targets represent memset and memcpy patterns
5454                by (set (mem:BLK ...) (reg:[QHSD]I ...)) or
5455                (set (mem:BLK ...) (const_int ...)) or
5456                (set (mem:BLK ...) (mem:BLK ...)).  Don't return anything
5457                in that case, otherwise we end up with mode mismatches.  */
5458             if (mode == BLKmode && MEM_P (x))
5459               return NULL;
5460             for (i = 0; i < cui->n_sets; i++)
5461               if (cui->sets[i].dest == x)
5462                 return cui->sets[i].src_elt;
5463           }
5464       else
5465           return cselib_lookup (x, mode, 0, VOIDmode);
5466     }
5467 
5468   return NULL;
5469 }
5470 
5471 /* Replace all registers and addresses in an expression with VALUE
5472    expressions that map back to them, unless the expression is a
5473    register.  If no mapping is or can be performed, returns NULL.  */
5474 
5475 static rtx
replace_expr_with_values(rtx loc)5476 replace_expr_with_values (rtx loc)
5477 {
5478   if (REG_P (loc) || GET_CODE (loc) == ENTRY_VALUE)
5479     return NULL;
5480   else if (MEM_P (loc))
5481     {
5482       cselib_val *addr = cselib_lookup (XEXP (loc, 0),
5483                                                   get_address_mode (loc), 0,
5484                                                   GET_MODE (loc));
5485       if (addr)
5486           return replace_equiv_address_nv (loc, addr->val_rtx);
5487       else
5488           return NULL;
5489     }
5490   else
5491     return cselib_subst_to_values (loc, VOIDmode);
5492 }
5493 
5494 /* Return true if X contains a DEBUG_EXPR.  */
5495 
5496 static bool
rtx_debug_expr_p(const_rtx x)5497 rtx_debug_expr_p (const_rtx x)
5498 {
5499   subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
5500   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
5501     if (GET_CODE (*iter) == DEBUG_EXPR)
5502       return true;
5503   return false;
5504 }
5505 
5506 /* Determine what kind of micro operation to choose for a USE.  Return
5507    MO_CLOBBER if no micro operation is to be generated.  */
5508 
5509 static enum micro_operation_type
use_type(rtx loc,struct count_use_info * cui,machine_mode * modep)5510 use_type (rtx loc, struct count_use_info *cui, machine_mode *modep)
5511 {
5512   tree expr;
5513 
5514   if (cui && cui->sets)
5515     {
5516       if (GET_CODE (loc) == VAR_LOCATION)
5517           {
5518             if (track_expr_p (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc), false))
5519               {
5520                 rtx ploc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc);
5521                 if (! VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (ploc))
5522                     {
5523                       cselib_val *val = cselib_lookup (ploc, GET_MODE (loc), 1,
5524                                                                VOIDmode);
5525 
5526                       /* ??? flag_float_store and volatile mems are never
5527                          given values, but we could in theory use them for
5528                          locations.  */
5529                       gcc_assert (val || 1);
5530                     }
5531                 return MO_VAL_LOC;
5532               }
5533             else
5534               return MO_CLOBBER;
5535           }
5536 
5537       if (REG_P (loc) || MEM_P (loc))
5538           {
5539             if (modep)
5540               *modep = GET_MODE (loc);
5541             if (cui->store_p)
5542               {
5543                 if (REG_P (loc)
5544                       || (find_use_val (loc, GET_MODE (loc), cui)
5545                           && cselib_lookup (XEXP (loc, 0),
5546                                                   get_address_mode (loc), 0,
5547                                                   GET_MODE (loc))))
5548                     return MO_VAL_SET;
5549               }
5550             else
5551               {
5552                 cselib_val *val = find_use_val (loc, GET_MODE (loc), cui);
5553 
5554                 if (val && !cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
5555                     return MO_VAL_USE;
5556               }
5557           }
5558     }
5559 
5560   if (REG_P (loc))
5561     {
5562       gcc_assert (REGNO (loc) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
5563 
5564       if (loc == cfa_base_rtx)
5565           return MO_CLOBBER;
5566       expr = REG_EXPR (loc);
5567 
5568       if (!expr)
5569           return MO_USE_NO_VAR;
5570       else if (target_for_debug_bind (var_debug_decl (expr)))
5571           return MO_CLOBBER;
5572       else if (track_loc_p (loc, expr, REG_OFFSET (loc),
5573                                   false, modep, NULL))
5574           return MO_USE;
5575       else
5576           return MO_USE_NO_VAR;
5577     }
5578   else if (MEM_P (loc))
5579     {
5580       expr = MEM_EXPR (loc);
5581 
5582       if (!expr)
5583           return MO_CLOBBER;
5584       else if (target_for_debug_bind (var_debug_decl (expr)))
5585           return MO_CLOBBER;
5586       else if (track_loc_p (loc, expr, int_mem_offset (loc),
5587                                   false, modep, NULL)
5588                  /* Multi-part variables shouldn't refer to one-part
5589                       variable names such as VALUEs (never happens) or
5590                       DEBUG_EXPRs (only happens in the presence of debug
5591                       insns).  */
5592                  && (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
5593                        || !rtx_debug_expr_p (XEXP (loc, 0))))
5594           return MO_USE;
5595       else
5596           return MO_CLOBBER;
5597     }
5598 
5599   return MO_CLOBBER;
5600 }
5601 
5602 /* Log to OUT information about micro-operation MOPT involving X in
5603    INSN of BB.  */
5604 
5605 static inline void
log_op_type(rtx x,basic_block bb,rtx_insn * insn,enum micro_operation_type mopt,FILE * out)5606 log_op_type (rtx x, basic_block bb, rtx_insn *insn,
5607                enum micro_operation_type mopt, FILE *out)
5608 {
5609   fprintf (out, "bb %i op %i insn %i %s ",
5610              bb->index, VTI (bb)->mos.length (),
5611              INSN_UID (insn), micro_operation_type_name[mopt]);
5612   print_inline_rtx (out, x, 2);
5613   fputc ('\n', out);
5614 }
5615 
5616 /* Tell whether the CONCAT used to holds a VALUE and its location
5617    needs value resolution, i.e., an attempt of mapping the location
5618    back to other incoming values.  */
5619 #define VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION(x) \
5620   (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION", (x), CONCAT)->volatil)
5621 /* Whether the location in the CONCAT is a tracked expression, that
5622    should also be handled like a MO_USE.  */
5623 #define VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR(x) \
5624   (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR", (x), CONCAT)->used)
5625 /* Whether the location in the CONCAT should be handled like a MO_COPY
5626    as well.  */
5627 #define VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED(x) \
5628   (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED", (x), CONCAT)->jump)
5629 /* Whether the location in the CONCAT should be handled like a
5630    MO_CLOBBER as well.  */
5631 #define VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED(x) \
5632   (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED", (x), CONCAT)->unchanging)
5633 
5634 /* All preserved VALUEs.  */
5635 static vec<rtx> preserved_values;
5636 
5637 /* Ensure VAL is preserved and remember it in a vector for vt_emit_notes.  */
5638 
5639 static void
preserve_value(cselib_val * val)5640 preserve_value (cselib_val *val)
5641 {
5642   cselib_preserve_value (val);
5643   preserved_values.safe_push (val->val_rtx);
5644 }
5645 
5646 /* Helper function for MO_VAL_LOC handling.  Return non-zero if
5647    any rtxes not suitable for CONST use not replaced by VALUEs
5648    are discovered.  */
5649 
5650 static bool
non_suitable_const(const_rtx x)5651 non_suitable_const (const_rtx x)
5652 {
5653   subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
5654   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
5655     {
5656       const_rtx x = *iter;
5657       switch (GET_CODE (x))
5658           {
5659           case REG:
5660           case DEBUG_EXPR:
5661           case PC:
5662           case SCRATCH:
5663           case ASM_INPUT:
5664           case ASM_OPERANDS:
5665             return true;
5666           case MEM:
5667             if (!MEM_READONLY_P (x))
5668               return true;
5669             break;
5670           default:
5671             break;
5672           }
5673     }
5674   return false;
5675 }
5676 
5677 /* Add uses (register and memory references) LOC which will be tracked
5678    to VTI (bb)->mos.  */
5679 
5680 static void
add_uses(rtx loc,struct count_use_info * cui)5681 add_uses (rtx loc, struct count_use_info *cui)
5682 {
5683   machine_mode mode = VOIDmode;
5684   enum micro_operation_type type = use_type (loc, cui, &mode);
5685 
5686   if (type != MO_CLOBBER)
5687     {
5688       basic_block bb = cui->bb;
5689       micro_operation mo;
5690 
5691       mo.type = type;
5692       mo.u.loc = type == MO_USE ? var_lowpart (mode, loc) : loc;
5693       mo.insn = cui->insn;
5694 
5695       if (type == MO_VAL_LOC)
5696           {
5697             rtx oloc = loc;
5698             rtx vloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (oloc);
5699             cselib_val *val;
5700 
5701             gcc_assert (cui->sets);
5702 
5703             if (MEM_P (vloc)
5704                 && !REG_P (XEXP (vloc, 0))
5705                 && !MEM_P (XEXP (vloc, 0)))
5706               {
5707                 rtx mloc = vloc;
5708                 machine_mode address_mode = get_address_mode (mloc);
5709                 cselib_val *val
5710                     = cselib_lookup (XEXP (mloc, 0), address_mode, 0,
5711                                          GET_MODE (mloc));
5712 
5713                 if (val && !cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
5714                     preserve_value (val);
5715               }
5716 
5717             if (CONSTANT_P (vloc)
5718                 && (GET_CODE (vloc) != CONST || non_suitable_const (vloc)))
5719               /* For constants don't look up any value.  */;
5720             else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (vloc) && !unsuitable_loc (vloc)
5721                        && (val = find_use_val (vloc, GET_MODE (oloc), cui)))
5722               {
5723                 machine_mode mode2;
5724                 enum micro_operation_type type2;
5725                 rtx nloc = NULL;
5726                 bool resolvable = REG_P (vloc) || MEM_P (vloc);
5727 
5728                 if (resolvable)
5729                     nloc = replace_expr_with_values (vloc);
5730 
5731                 if (nloc)
5732                     {
5733                       oloc = shallow_copy_rtx (oloc);
5734                       PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (oloc) = nloc;
5735                     }
5736 
5737                 oloc = gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, val->val_rtx, oloc);
5738 
5739                 type2 = use_type (vloc, 0, &mode2);
5740 
5741                 gcc_assert (type2 == MO_USE || type2 == MO_USE_NO_VAR
5742                                 || type2 == MO_CLOBBER);
5743 
5744                 if (type2 == MO_CLOBBER
5745                       && !cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
5746                     {
5747                       VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (oloc) = resolvable;
5748                       preserve_value (val);
5749                     }
5750               }
5751             else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (vloc))
5752               {
5753                 oloc = shallow_copy_rtx (oloc);
5754                 PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (oloc) = gen_rtx_UNKNOWN_VAR_LOC ();
5755               }
5756 
5757             mo.u.loc = oloc;
5758           }
5759       else if (type == MO_VAL_USE)
5760           {
5761             machine_mode mode2 = VOIDmode;
5762             enum micro_operation_type type2;
5763             cselib_val *val = find_use_val (loc, GET_MODE (loc), cui);
5764             rtx vloc, oloc = loc, nloc;
5765 
5766             gcc_assert (cui->sets);
5767 
5768             if (MEM_P (oloc)
5769                 && !REG_P (XEXP (oloc, 0))
5770                 && !MEM_P (XEXP (oloc, 0)))
5771               {
5772                 rtx mloc = oloc;
5773                 machine_mode address_mode = get_address_mode (mloc);
5774                 cselib_val *val
5775                     = cselib_lookup (XEXP (mloc, 0), address_mode, 0,
5776                                          GET_MODE (mloc));
5777 
5778                 if (val && !cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
5779                     preserve_value (val);
5780               }
5781 
5782             type2 = use_type (loc, 0, &mode2);
5783 
5784             gcc_assert (type2 == MO_USE || type2 == MO_USE_NO_VAR
5785                           || type2 == MO_CLOBBER);
5786 
5787             if (type2 == MO_USE)
5788               vloc = var_lowpart (mode2, loc);
5789             else
5790               vloc = oloc;
5791 
5792             /* The loc of a MO_VAL_USE may have two forms:
5793 
5794                (concat val src): val is at src, a value-based
5795                representation.
5796 
5797                (concat (concat val use) src): same as above, with use as
5798                the MO_USE tracked value, if it differs from src.
5799 
5800             */
5801 
5802             gcc_checking_assert (REG_P (loc) || MEM_P (loc));
5803             nloc = replace_expr_with_values (loc);
5804             if (!nloc)
5805               nloc = oloc;
5806 
5807             if (vloc != nloc)
5808               oloc = gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode2, val->val_rtx, vloc);
5809             else
5810               oloc = val->val_rtx;
5811 
5812             mo.u.loc = gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, oloc, nloc);
5813 
5814             if (type2 == MO_USE)
5815               VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (mo.u.loc) = 1;
5816             if (!cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
5817               {
5818                 VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (mo.u.loc) = 1;
5819                 preserve_value (val);
5820               }
5821           }
5822       else
5823           gcc_assert (type == MO_USE || type == MO_USE_NO_VAR);
5824 
5825       if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
5826           log_op_type (mo.u.loc, cui->bb, cui->insn, mo.type, dump_file);
5827       VTI (bb)->mos.safe_push (mo);
5828     }
5829 }
5830 
5831 /* Helper function for finding all uses of REG/MEM in X in insn INSN.  */
5832 
5833 static void
add_uses_1(rtx * x,void * cui)5834 add_uses_1 (rtx *x, void *cui)
5835 {
5836   subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array;
5837   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter, array, *x, NONCONST)
5838     add_uses (*iter, (struct count_use_info *) cui);
5839 }
5840 
5841 /* This is the value used during expansion of locations.  We want it
5842    to be unbounded, so that variables expanded deep in a recursion
5843    nest are fully evaluated, so that their values are cached
5844    correctly.  We avoid recursion cycles through other means, and we
5845    don't unshare RTL, so excess complexity is not a problem.  */
5846 #define EXPR_DEPTH (INT_MAX)
5847 /* We use this to keep too-complex expressions from being emitted as
5848    location notes, and then to debug information.  Users can trade
5849    compile time for ridiculously complex expressions, although they're
5850    seldom useful, and they may often have to be discarded as not
5851    representable anyway.  */
5852 #define EXPR_USE_DEPTH (param_max_vartrack_expr_depth)
5853 
5854 /* Attempt to reverse the EXPR operation in the debug info and record
5855    it in the cselib table.  Say for reg1 = reg2 + 6 even when reg2 is
5856    no longer live we can express its value as VAL - 6.  */
5857 
5858 static void
reverse_op(rtx val,const_rtx expr,rtx_insn * insn)5859 reverse_op (rtx val, const_rtx expr, rtx_insn *insn)
5860 {
5861   rtx src, arg, ret;
5862   cselib_val *v;
5863   struct elt_loc_list *l;
5864   enum rtx_code code;
5865   int count;
5866 
5867   if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
5868     return;
5869 
5870   if (!REG_P (SET_DEST (expr)) || GET_MODE (val) != GET_MODE (SET_DEST (expr)))
5871     return;
5872 
5873   src = SET_SRC (expr);
5874   switch (GET_CODE (src))
5875     {
5876     case PLUS:
5877     case MINUS:
5878     case XOR:
5879     case NOT:
5880     case NEG:
5881       if (!REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)))
5882           return;
5883       break;
5884     case SIGN_EXTEND:
5885     case ZERO_EXTEND:
5886       if (!REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) && !MEM_P (XEXP (src, 0)))
5887           return;
5888       break;
5889     default:
5890       return;
5891     }
5892 
5893   if (!SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (src)) || XEXP (src, 0) == cfa_base_rtx)
5894     return;
5895 
5896   v = cselib_lookup (XEXP (src, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (src, 0)), 0, VOIDmode);
5897   if (!v || !cselib_preserved_value_p (v))
5898     return;
5899 
5900   /* Use canonical V to avoid creating multiple redundant expressions
5901      for different VALUES equivalent to V.  */
5902   v = canonical_cselib_val (v);
5903 
5904   /* Adding a reverse op isn't useful if V already has an always valid
5905      location.  Ignore ENTRY_VALUE, while it is always constant, we should
5906      prefer non-ENTRY_VALUE locations whenever possible.  */
5907   for (l = v->locs, count = 0; l; l = l->next, count++)
5908     if (CONSTANT_P (l->loc)
5909           && (GET_CODE (l->loc) != CONST || !references_value_p (l->loc, 0)))
5910       return;
5911     /* Avoid creating too large locs lists.  */
5912     else if (count == param_max_vartrack_reverse_op_size)
5913       return;
5914 
5915   switch (GET_CODE (src))
5916     {
5917     case NOT:
5918     case NEG:
5919       if (GET_MODE (v->val_rtx) != GET_MODE (val))
5920           return;
5921       ret = gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (src), GET_MODE (val), val);
5922       break;
5923     case SIGN_EXTEND:
5924     case ZERO_EXTEND:
5925       ret = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (GET_MODE (v->val_rtx), val);
5926       break;
5927     case XOR:
5928       code = XOR;
5929       goto binary;
5930     case PLUS:
5931       code = MINUS;
5932       goto binary;
5933     case MINUS:
5934       code = PLUS;
5935       goto binary;
5936     binary:
5937       if (GET_MODE (v->val_rtx) != GET_MODE (val))
5938           return;
5939       arg = XEXP (src, 1);
5940       if (!CONST_INT_P (arg) && GET_CODE (arg) != SYMBOL_REF)
5941           {
5942             arg = cselib_expand_value_rtx (arg, scratch_regs, 5);
5943             if (arg == NULL_RTX)
5944               return;
5945             if (!CONST_INT_P (arg) && GET_CODE (arg) != SYMBOL_REF)
5946               return;
5947           }
5948       ret = simplify_gen_binary (code, GET_MODE (val), val, arg);
5949       break;
5950     default:
5951       gcc_unreachable ();
5952     }
5953 
5954   cselib_add_permanent_equiv (v, ret, insn);
5955 }
5956 
5957 /* Add stores (register and memory references) LOC which will be tracked
5958    to VTI (bb)->mos.  EXPR is the RTL expression containing the store.
5959    CUIP->insn is instruction which the LOC is part of.  */
5960 
5961 static void
add_stores(rtx loc,const_rtx expr,void * cuip)5962 add_stores (rtx loc, const_rtx expr, void *cuip)
5963 {
5964   machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, mode2;
5965   struct count_use_info *cui = (struct count_use_info *)cuip;
5966   basic_block bb = cui->bb;
5967   micro_operation mo;
5968   rtx oloc = loc, nloc, src = NULL;
5969   enum micro_operation_type type = use_type (loc, cui, &mode);
5970   bool track_p = false;
5971   cselib_val *v;
5972   bool resolve, preserve;
5973 
5974   if (type == MO_CLOBBER)
5975     return;
5976 
5977   mode2 = mode;
5978 
5979   if (REG_P (loc))
5980     {
5981       gcc_assert (loc != cfa_base_rtx);
5982       if ((GET_CODE (expr) == CLOBBER && type != MO_VAL_SET)
5983             || !(track_p = use_type (loc, NULL, &mode2) == MO_USE)
5984             || GET_CODE (expr) == CLOBBER)
5985           {
5986             mo.type = MO_CLOBBER;
5987             mo.u.loc = loc;
5988             if (GET_CODE (expr) == SET
5989                 && (SET_DEST (expr) == loc
5990                       || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (expr)) == STRICT_LOW_PART
5991                           && XEXP (SET_DEST (expr), 0) == loc))
5992                 && !unsuitable_loc (SET_SRC (expr))
5993                 && find_use_val (loc, mode, cui))
5994               {
5995                 gcc_checking_assert (type == MO_VAL_SET);
5996                 mo.u.loc = gen_rtx_SET (loc, SET_SRC (expr));
5997               }
5998           }
5999       else
6000           {
6001             if (GET_CODE (expr) == SET
6002                 && SET_DEST (expr) == loc
6003                 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (expr)) != ASM_OPERANDS)
6004               src = var_lowpart (mode2, SET_SRC (expr));
6005             loc = var_lowpart (mode2, loc);
6006 
6007             if (src == NULL)
6008               {
6009                 mo.type = MO_SET;
6010                 mo.u.loc = loc;
6011               }
6012             else
6013               {
6014                 rtx xexpr = gen_rtx_SET (loc, src);
6015                 if (same_variable_part_p (src, REG_EXPR (loc), REG_OFFSET (loc)))
6016                     {
6017                       /* If this is an instruction copying (part of) a parameter
6018                          passed by invisible reference to its register location,
6019                          pretend it's a SET so that the initial memory location
6020                          is discarded, as the parameter register can be reused
6021                          for other purposes and we do not track locations based
6022                          on generic registers.  */
6023                       if (MEM_P (src)
6024                           && REG_EXPR (loc)
6025                           && TREE_CODE (REG_EXPR (loc)) == PARM_DECL
6026                           && DECL_MODE (REG_EXPR (loc)) != BLKmode
6027                           && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc)))
6028                           && XEXP (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc)), 0)
6029                                != arg_pointer_rtx)
6030                         mo.type = MO_SET;
6031                       else
6032                         mo.type = MO_COPY;
6033                     }
6034                 else
6035                     mo.type = MO_SET;
6036                 mo.u.loc = xexpr;
6037               }
6038           }
6039       mo.insn = cui->insn;
6040     }
6041   else if (MEM_P (loc)
6042              && ((track_p = use_type (loc, NULL, &mode2) == MO_USE)
6043                  || cui->sets))
6044     {
6045       if (MEM_P (loc) && type == MO_VAL_SET
6046             && !REG_P (XEXP (loc, 0))
6047             && !MEM_P (XEXP (loc, 0)))
6048           {
6049             rtx mloc = loc;
6050             machine_mode address_mode = get_address_mode (mloc);
6051             cselib_val *val = cselib_lookup (XEXP (mloc, 0),
6052                                                      address_mode, 0,
6053                                                      GET_MODE (mloc));
6054 
6055             if (val && !cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
6056               preserve_value (val);
6057           }
6058 
6059       if (GET_CODE (expr) == CLOBBER || !track_p)
6060           {
6061             mo.type = MO_CLOBBER;
6062             mo.u.loc = track_p ? var_lowpart (mode2, loc) : loc;
6063           }
6064       else
6065           {
6066             if (GET_CODE (expr) == SET
6067                 && SET_DEST (expr) == loc
6068                 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (expr)) != ASM_OPERANDS)
6069               src = var_lowpart (mode2, SET_SRC (expr));
6070             loc = var_lowpart (mode2, loc);
6071 
6072             if (src == NULL)
6073               {
6074                 mo.type = MO_SET;
6075                 mo.u.loc = loc;
6076               }
6077             else
6078               {
6079                 rtx xexpr = gen_rtx_SET (loc, src);
6080                 if (same_variable_part_p (SET_SRC (xexpr),
6081                                                   MEM_EXPR (loc),
6082                                                   int_mem_offset (loc)))
6083                     mo.type = MO_COPY;
6084                 else
6085                     mo.type = MO_SET;
6086                 mo.u.loc = xexpr;
6087               }
6088           }
6089       mo.insn = cui->insn;
6090     }
6091   else
6092     return;
6093 
6094   if (type != MO_VAL_SET)
6095     goto log_and_return;
6096 
6097   v = find_use_val (oloc, mode, cui);
6098 
6099   if (!v)
6100     goto log_and_return;
6101 
6102   resolve = preserve = !cselib_preserved_value_p (v);
6103 
6104   /* We cannot track values for multiple-part variables, so we track only
6105      locations for tracked record parameters.  */
6106   if (track_p
6107       && REG_P (loc)
6108       && REG_EXPR (loc)
6109       && tracked_record_parameter_p (REG_EXPR (loc)))
6110     {
6111       /* Although we don't use the value here, it could be used later by the
6112            mere virtue of its existence as the operand of the reverse operation
6113            that gave rise to it (typically extension/truncation).  Make sure it
6114            is preserved as required by vt_expand_var_loc_chain.  */
6115       if (preserve)
6116           preserve_value (v);
6117       goto log_and_return;
6118     }
6119 
6120   if (loc == stack_pointer_rtx
6121       && (maybe_ne (hard_frame_pointer_adjustment, -1)
6122             || (!frame_pointer_needed && !ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS))
6123       && preserve)
6124     cselib_set_value_sp_based (v);
6125 
6126   /* Don't record MO_VAL_SET for VALUEs that can be described using
6127      cfa_base_rtx or cfa_base_rtx + CONST_INT, cselib already knows
6128      all the needed equivalences and they shouldn't change depending
6129      on which register holds that VALUE in some instruction.  */
6130   if (!frame_pointer_needed
6131       && cfa_base_rtx
6132       && cselib_sp_derived_value_p (v)
6133       && loc == stack_pointer_rtx)
6134     {
6135       if (preserve)
6136           preserve_value (v);
6137       return;
6138     }
6139 
6140   nloc = replace_expr_with_values (oloc);
6141   if (nloc)
6142     oloc = nloc;
6143 
6144   if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (cui->insn)) == COND_EXEC)
6145     {
6146       cselib_val *oval = cselib_lookup (oloc, GET_MODE (oloc), 0, VOIDmode);
6147 
6148       if (oval == v)
6149           return;
6150       gcc_assert (REG_P (oloc) || MEM_P (oloc));
6151 
6152       if (oval && !cselib_preserved_value_p (oval))
6153           {
6154             micro_operation moa;
6155 
6156             preserve_value (oval);
6157 
6158             moa.type = MO_VAL_USE;
6159             moa.u.loc = gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, oval->val_rtx, oloc);
6160             VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (moa.u.loc) = 1;
6161             moa.insn = cui->insn;
6162 
6163             if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6164               log_op_type (moa.u.loc, cui->bb, cui->insn,
6165                                moa.type, dump_file);
6166             VTI (bb)->mos.safe_push (moa);
6167           }
6168 
6169       resolve = false;
6170     }
6171   else if (resolve && GET_CODE (mo.u.loc) == SET)
6172     {
6173       if (REG_P (SET_SRC (expr)) || MEM_P (SET_SRC (expr)))
6174           nloc = replace_expr_with_values (SET_SRC (expr));
6175       else
6176           nloc = NULL_RTX;
6177 
6178       /* Avoid the mode mismatch between oexpr and expr.  */
6179       if (!nloc && mode != mode2)
6180           {
6181             nloc = SET_SRC (expr);
6182             gcc_assert (oloc == SET_DEST (expr));
6183           }
6184 
6185       if (nloc && nloc != SET_SRC (mo.u.loc))
6186           oloc = gen_rtx_SET (oloc, nloc);
6187       else
6188           {
6189             if (oloc == SET_DEST (mo.u.loc))
6190               /* No point in duplicating.  */
6191               oloc = mo.u.loc;
6192             if (!REG_P (SET_SRC (mo.u.loc)))
6193               resolve = false;
6194           }
6195     }
6196   else if (!resolve)
6197     {
6198       if (GET_CODE (mo.u.loc) == SET
6199             && oloc == SET_DEST (mo.u.loc))
6200           /* No point in duplicating.  */
6201           oloc = mo.u.loc;
6202     }
6203   else
6204     resolve = false;
6205 
6206   loc = gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, v->val_rtx, oloc);
6207 
6208   if (mo.u.loc != oloc)
6209     loc = gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (mo.u.loc), loc, mo.u.loc);
6210 
6211   /* The loc of a MO_VAL_SET may have various forms:
6212 
6213      (concat val dst): dst now holds val
6214 
6215      (concat val (set dst src)): dst now holds val, copied from src
6216 
6217      (concat (concat val dstv) dst): dst now holds val; dstv is dst
6218      after replacing mems and non-top-level regs with values.
6219 
6220      (concat (concat val dstv) (set dst src)): dst now holds val,
6221      copied from src.  dstv is a value-based representation of dst, if
6222      it differs from dst.  If resolution is needed, src is a REG, and
6223      its mode is the same as that of val.
6224 
6225      (concat (concat val (set dstv srcv)) (set dst src)): src
6226      copied to dst, holding val.  dstv and srcv are value-based
6227      representations of dst and src, respectively.
6228 
6229   */
6230 
6231   if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (cui->insn)) != COND_EXEC)
6232     reverse_op (v->val_rtx, expr, cui->insn);
6233 
6234   mo.u.loc = loc;
6235 
6236   if (track_p)
6237     VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc) = 1;
6238   if (preserve)
6239     {
6240       VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc) = resolve;
6241       preserve_value (v);
6242     }
6243   if (mo.type == MO_CLOBBER)
6244     VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED (loc) = 1;
6245   if (mo.type == MO_COPY)
6246     VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED (loc) = 1;
6247 
6248   mo.type = MO_VAL_SET;
6249 
6250  log_and_return:
6251   if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6252     log_op_type (mo.u.loc, cui->bb, cui->insn, mo.type, dump_file);
6253   VTI (bb)->mos.safe_push (mo);
6254 }
6255 
6256 /* Arguments to the call.  */
6257 static rtx call_arguments;
6258 
6259 /* Compute call_arguments.  */
6260 
6261 static void
prepare_call_arguments(basic_block bb,rtx_insn * insn)6262 prepare_call_arguments (basic_block bb, rtx_insn *insn)
6263 {
6264   rtx link, x, call;
6265   rtx prev, cur, next;
6266   rtx this_arg = NULL_RTX;
6267   tree type = NULL_TREE, t, fndecl = NULL_TREE;
6268   tree obj_type_ref = NULL_TREE;
6269   CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far_v;
6270   cumulative_args_t args_so_far;
6271 
6272   memset (&args_so_far_v, 0, sizeof (args_so_far_v));
6273   args_so_far = pack_cumulative_args (&args_so_far_v);
6274   call = get_call_rtx_from (insn);
6275   if (call)
6276     {
6277       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (call, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
6278           {
6279             rtx symbol = XEXP (XEXP (call, 0), 0);
6280             if (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol))
6281               fndecl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
6282           }
6283       if (fndecl == NULL_TREE)
6284           fndecl = MEM_EXPR (XEXP (call, 0));
6285       if (fndecl
6286             && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl)) != FUNCTION_TYPE
6287             && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl)) != METHOD_TYPE)
6288           fndecl = NULL_TREE;
6289       if (fndecl && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (fndecl)))
6290           type = TREE_TYPE (fndecl);
6291       if (fndecl && TREE_CODE (fndecl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
6292           {
6293             if (TREE_CODE (fndecl) == INDIRECT_REF
6294                 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (fndecl, 0)) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
6295               obj_type_ref = TREE_OPERAND (fndecl, 0);
6296             fndecl = NULL_TREE;
6297           }
6298       if (type)
6299           {
6300             for (t = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type); t && t != void_list_node;
6301                  t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
6302               if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (t)) == REFERENCE_TYPE
6303                     && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (t))))
6304                 break;
6305             if ((t == NULL || t == void_list_node) && obj_type_ref == NULL_TREE)
6306               type = NULL;
6307             else
6308               {
6309                 int nargs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED = list_length (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type));
6310                 link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn);
6311 #ifndef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
6312                 if (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (type), type)
6313                       && targetm.calls.struct_value_rtx (type, 0) == 0)
6314                     {
6315                       tree struct_addr = build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (type));
6316                       function_arg_info arg (struct_addr, /*named=*/true);
6317                       rtx reg;
6318                       INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far_v, type, NULL_RTX, fndecl,
6319                                                   nargs + 1);
6320                       reg = targetm.calls.function_arg (args_so_far, arg);
6321                       targetm.calls.function_arg_advance (args_so_far, arg);
6322                       if (reg == NULL_RTX)
6323                         {
6324                           for (; link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
6325                               if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == USE
6326                                   && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (link, 0), 0)))
6327                                 {
6328                                   link = XEXP (link, 1);
6329                                   break;
6330                                 }
6331                         }
6332                     }
6333                 else
6334 #endif
6335                     INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far_v, type, NULL_RTX, fndecl,
6336                                               nargs);
6337                 if (obj_type_ref && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type) != void_list_node)
6338                     {
6339                       t = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type);
6340                       function_arg_info arg (TREE_VALUE (t), /*named=*/true);
6341                       this_arg = targetm.calls.function_arg (args_so_far, arg);
6342                       if (this_arg && !REG_P (this_arg))
6343                         this_arg = NULL_RTX;
6344                       else if (this_arg == NULL_RTX)
6345                         {
6346                           for (; link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
6347                               if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == USE
6348                                   && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (link, 0), 0)))
6349                                 {
6350                                   this_arg = XEXP (XEXP (link, 0), 0);
6351                                   break;
6352                                 }
6353                         }
6354                     }
6355               }
6356           }
6357     }
6358   t = type ? TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type) : NULL_TREE;
6359 
6360   for (link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
6361     if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == USE)
6362       {
6363           rtx item = NULL_RTX;
6364           x = XEXP (XEXP (link, 0), 0);
6365           if (GET_MODE (link) == VOIDmode
6366               || GET_MODE (link) == BLKmode
6367               || (GET_MODE (link) != GET_MODE (x)
6368                     && ((GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (link)) != MODE_INT
6369                          && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (link)) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
6370                         || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT
6371                               && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT))))
6372             /* Can't do anything for these, if the original type mode
6373                isn't known or can't be converted.  */;
6374           else if (REG_P (x))
6375             {
6376               cselib_val *val = cselib_lookup (x, GET_MODE (x), 0, VOIDmode);
6377               scalar_int_mode mode;
6378               if (val && cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
6379                 item = val->val_rtx;
6380               else if (is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (x), &mode))
6381                 {
6382                     opt_scalar_int_mode mode_iter;
6383                     FOR_EACH_WIDER_MODE (mode_iter, mode)
6384                       {
6385                         mode = mode_iter.require ();
6386                         if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > BITS_PER_WORD)
6387                           break;
6388 
6389                         rtx reg = simplify_subreg (mode, x, GET_MODE (x), 0);
6390                         if (reg == NULL_RTX || !REG_P (reg))
6391                           continue;
6392                         val = cselib_lookup (reg, mode, 0, VOIDmode);
6393                         if (val && cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
6394                           {
6395                               item = val->val_rtx;
6396                               break;
6397                           }
6398                       }
6399                 }
6400             }
6401           else if (MEM_P (x))
6402             {
6403               rtx mem = x;
6404               cselib_val *val;
6405 
6406               if (!frame_pointer_needed)
6407                 {
6408                     class adjust_mem_data amd;
6409                     amd.mem_mode = VOIDmode;
6410                     amd.stack_adjust = -VTI (bb)->out.stack_adjust;
6411                     amd.store = true;
6412                     mem = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (mem, NULL_RTX, adjust_mems,
6413                                                          &amd);
6414                     gcc_assert (amd.side_effects.is_empty ());
6415                 }
6416               val = cselib_lookup (mem, GET_MODE (mem), 0, VOIDmode);
6417               if (val && cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
6418                 item = val->val_rtx;
6419               else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (mem)) != MODE_INT
6420                          && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (mem)) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
6421                 {
6422                     /* For non-integer stack argument see also if they weren't
6423                        initialized by integers.  */
6424                     scalar_int_mode imode;
6425                     if (int_mode_for_mode (GET_MODE (mem)).exists (&imode)
6426                         && imode != GET_MODE (mem))
6427                       {
6428                         val = cselib_lookup (adjust_address_nv (mem, imode, 0),
6429                                                    imode, 0, VOIDmode);
6430                         if (val && cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
6431                           item = lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE (x), val->val_rtx,
6432                                                        imode);
6433                       }
6434                 }
6435             }
6436           if (item)
6437             {
6438               rtx x2 = x;
6439               if (GET_MODE (item) != GET_MODE (link))
6440                 item = lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE (link), item, GET_MODE (item));
6441               if (GET_MODE (x2) != GET_MODE (link))
6442                 x2 = lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE (link), x2, GET_MODE (x2));
6443               item = gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (link), x2, item);
6444               call_arguments
6445                 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, item, call_arguments);
6446             }
6447           if (t && t != void_list_node)
6448             {
6449               rtx reg;
6450               function_arg_info arg (TREE_VALUE (t), /*named=*/true);
6451               apply_pass_by_reference_rules (&args_so_far_v, arg);
6452               reg = targetm.calls.function_arg (args_so_far, arg);
6453               if (TREE_CODE (arg.type) == REFERENCE_TYPE
6454                     && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (arg.type))
6455                     && reg
6456                     && REG_P (reg)
6457                     && GET_MODE (reg) == arg.mode
6458                     && (GET_MODE_CLASS (arg.mode) == MODE_INT
6459                         || GET_MODE_CLASS (arg.mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
6460                     && REG_P (x)
6461                     && REGNO (x) == REGNO (reg)
6462                     && GET_MODE (x) == arg.mode
6463                     && item)
6464                 {
6465                     machine_mode indmode
6466                       = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg.type));
6467                     rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (indmode, x);
6468                     cselib_val *val = cselib_lookup (mem, indmode, 0, VOIDmode);
6469                     if (val && cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
6470                       {
6471                         item = gen_rtx_CONCAT (indmode, mem, val->val_rtx);
6472                         call_arguments = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, item,
6473                                                                       call_arguments);
6474                       }
6475                     else
6476                       {
6477                         struct elt_loc_list *l;
6478                         tree initial;
6479 
6480                         /* Try harder, when passing address of a constant
6481                            pool integer it can be easily read back.  */
6482                         item = XEXP (item, 1);
6483                         if (GET_CODE (item) == SUBREG)
6484                           item = SUBREG_REG (item);
6485                         gcc_assert (GET_CODE (item) == VALUE);
6486                         val = CSELIB_VAL_PTR (item);
6487                         for (l = val->locs; l; l = l->next)
6488                           if (GET_CODE (l->loc) == SYMBOL_REF
6489                                 && TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (l->loc)
6490                                 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l->loc)
6491                                 && DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l->loc)))
6492                               {
6493                                 initial = DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l->loc));
6494                                 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (initial))
6495                                   {
6496                                     item = GEN_INT (tree_to_shwi (initial));
6497                                     item = gen_rtx_CONCAT (indmode, mem, item);
6498                                     call_arguments
6499                                         = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, item,
6500                                                                  call_arguments);
6501                                   }
6502                                 break;
6503                               }
6504                       }
6505                 }
6506               targetm.calls.function_arg_advance (args_so_far, arg);
6507               t = TREE_CHAIN (t);
6508             }
6509       }
6510 
6511   /* Add debug arguments.  */
6512   if (fndecl
6513       && TREE_CODE (fndecl) == FUNCTION_DECL
6514       && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_ARGS_P (fndecl))
6515     {
6516       vec<tree, va_gc> **debug_args = decl_debug_args_lookup (fndecl);
6517       if (debug_args)
6518           {
6519             unsigned int ix;
6520             tree param;
6521             for (ix = 0; vec_safe_iterate (*debug_args, ix, &param); ix += 2)
6522               {
6523                 rtx item;
6524                 tree dtemp = (**debug_args)[ix + 1];
6525                 machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (dtemp);
6526                 item = gen_rtx_DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF (mode, param);
6527                 item = gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, item, DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (dtemp));
6528                 call_arguments = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, item,
6529                                                               call_arguments);
6530               }
6531           }
6532     }
6533 
6534   /* Reverse call_arguments chain.  */
6535   prev = NULL_RTX;
6536   for (cur = call_arguments; cur; cur = next)
6537     {
6538       next = XEXP (cur, 1);
6539       XEXP (cur, 1) = prev;
6540       prev = cur;
6541     }
6542   call_arguments = prev;
6543 
6544   x = get_call_rtx_from (insn);
6545   if (x)
6546     {
6547       x = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
6548       if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
6549           /* Don't record anything.  */;
6550       else if (CONSTANT_P (x))
6551           {
6552             x = gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode ? Pmode : GET_MODE (x),
6553                                     pc_rtx, x);
6554             call_arguments
6555               = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, x, call_arguments);
6556           }
6557       else
6558           {
6559             cselib_val *val = cselib_lookup (x, GET_MODE (x), 0, VOIDmode);
6560             if (val && cselib_preserved_value_p (val))
6561               {
6562                 x = gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (x), pc_rtx, val->val_rtx);
6563                 call_arguments
6564                     = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, x, call_arguments);
6565               }
6566           }
6567     }
6568   if (this_arg)
6569     {
6570       machine_mode mode
6571           = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (OBJ_TYPE_REF_EXPR (obj_type_ref)));
6572       rtx clobbered = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, this_arg);
6573       HOST_WIDE_INT token
6574           = tree_to_shwi (OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (obj_type_ref));
6575       if (token)
6576           clobbered = plus_constant (mode, clobbered,
6577                                            token * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
6578       clobbered = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, clobbered);
6579       x = gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, pc_rtx), clobbered);
6580       call_arguments
6581           = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, x, call_arguments);
6582     }
6583 }
6584 
6585 /* Callback for cselib_record_sets_hook, that records as micro
6586    operations uses and stores in an insn after cselib_record_sets has
6587    analyzed the sets in an insn, but before it modifies the stored
6588    values in the internal tables, unless cselib_record_sets doesn't
6589    call it directly (perhaps because we're not doing cselib in the
6590    first place, in which case sets and n_sets will be 0).  */
6591 
6592 static void
add_with_sets(rtx_insn * insn,struct cselib_set * sets,int n_sets)6593 add_with_sets (rtx_insn *insn, struct cselib_set *sets, int n_sets)
6594 {
6595   basic_block bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn);
6596   int n1, n2;
6597   struct count_use_info cui;
6598   micro_operation *mos;
6599 
6600   cselib_hook_called = true;
6601 
6602   cui.insn = insn;
6603   cui.bb = bb;
6604   cui.sets = sets;
6605   cui.n_sets = n_sets;
6606 
6607   n1 = VTI (bb)->mos.length ();
6608   cui.store_p = false;
6609   note_uses (&PATTERN (insn), add_uses_1, &cui);
6610   n2 = VTI (bb)->mos.length () - 1;
6611   mos = VTI (bb)->mos.address ();
6612 
6613   /* Order the MO_USEs to be before MO_USE_NO_VARs and MO_VAL_USE, and
6614      MO_VAL_LOC last.  */
6615   while (n1 < n2)
6616     {
6617       while (n1 < n2 && mos[n1].type == MO_USE)
6618           n1++;
6619       while (n1 < n2 && mos[n2].type != MO_USE)
6620           n2--;
6621       if (n1 < n2)
6622           std::swap (mos[n1], mos[n2]);
6623     }
6624 
6625   n2 = VTI (bb)->mos.length () - 1;
6626   while (n1 < n2)
6627     {
6628       while (n1 < n2 && mos[n1].type != MO_VAL_LOC)
6629           n1++;
6630       while (n1 < n2 && mos[n2].type == MO_VAL_LOC)
6631           n2--;
6632       if (n1 < n2)
6633           std::swap (mos[n1], mos[n2]);
6634     }
6635 
6636   if (CALL_P (insn))
6637     {
6638       micro_operation mo;
6639 
6640       mo.type = MO_CALL;
6641       mo.insn = insn;
6642       mo.u.loc = call_arguments;
6643       call_arguments = NULL_RTX;
6644 
6645       if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6646           log_op_type (PATTERN (insn), bb, insn, mo.type, dump_file);
6647       VTI (bb)->mos.safe_push (mo);
6648     }
6649 
6650   n1 = VTI (bb)->mos.length ();
6651   /* This will record NEXT_INSN (insn), such that we can
6652      insert notes before it without worrying about any
6653      notes that MO_USEs might emit after the insn.  */
6654   cui.store_p = true;
6655   note_stores (insn, add_stores, &cui);
6656   n2 = VTI (bb)->mos.length () - 1;
6657   mos = VTI (bb)->mos.address ();
6658 
6659   /* Order the MO_VAL_USEs first (note_stores does nothing
6660      on DEBUG_INSNs, so there are no MO_VAL_LOCs from this
6661      insn), then MO_CLOBBERs, then MO_SET/MO_COPY/MO_VAL_SET.  */
6662   while (n1 < n2)
6663     {
6664       while (n1 < n2 && mos[n1].type == MO_VAL_USE)
6665           n1++;
6666       while (n1 < n2 && mos[n2].type != MO_VAL_USE)
6667           n2--;
6668       if (n1 < n2)
6669           std::swap (mos[n1], mos[n2]);
6670     }
6671 
6672   n2 = VTI (bb)->mos.length () - 1;
6673   while (n1 < n2)
6674     {
6675       while (n1 < n2 && mos[n1].type == MO_CLOBBER)
6676           n1++;
6677       while (n1 < n2 && mos[n2].type != MO_CLOBBER)
6678           n2--;
6679       if (n1 < n2)
6680           std::swap (mos[n1], mos[n2]);
6681     }
6682 }
6683 
6684 static enum var_init_status
find_src_status(dataflow_set * in,rtx src)6685 find_src_status (dataflow_set *in, rtx src)
6686 {
6687   tree decl = NULL_TREE;
6688   enum var_init_status status = VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED;
6689 
6690   if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit)
6691     status = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
6692 
6693   if (src && REG_P (src))
6694     decl = var_debug_decl (REG_EXPR (src));
6695   else if (src && MEM_P (src))
6696     decl = var_debug_decl (MEM_EXPR (src));
6697 
6698   if (src && decl)
6699     status = get_init_value (in, src, dv_from_decl (decl));
6700 
6701   return status;
6702 }
6703 
6704 /* SRC is the source of an assignment.  Use SET to try to find what
6705    was ultimately assigned to SRC.  Return that value if known,
6706    otherwise return SRC itself.  */
6707 
6708 static rtx
find_src_set_src(dataflow_set * set,rtx src)6709 find_src_set_src (dataflow_set *set, rtx src)
6710 {
6711   tree decl = NULL_TREE;   /* The variable being copied around.          */
6712   rtx set_src = NULL_RTX;  /* The value for "decl" stored in "src".      */
6713   variable *var;
6714   location_chain *nextp;
6715   int i;
6716   bool found;
6717 
6718   if (src && REG_P (src))
6719     decl = var_debug_decl (REG_EXPR (src));
6720   else if (src && MEM_P (src))
6721     decl = var_debug_decl (MEM_EXPR (src));
6722 
6723   if (src && decl)
6724     {
6725       decl_or_value dv = dv_from_decl (decl);
6726 
6727       var = shared_hash_find (set->vars, dv);
6728       if (var)
6729           {
6730             found = false;
6731             for (i = 0; i < var->n_var_parts && !found; i++)
6732               for (nextp = var->var_part[i].loc_chain; nextp && !found;
6733                      nextp = nextp->next)
6734                 if (rtx_equal_p (nextp->loc, src))
6735                     {
6736                       set_src = nextp->set_src;
6737                       found = true;
6738                     }
6739 
6740           }
6741     }
6742 
6743   return set_src;
6744 }
6745 
6746 /* Compute the changes of variable locations in the basic block BB.  */
6747 
6748 static bool
compute_bb_dataflow(basic_block bb)6749 compute_bb_dataflow (basic_block bb)
6750 {
6751   unsigned int i;
6752   micro_operation *mo;
6753   bool changed;
6754   dataflow_set old_out;
6755   dataflow_set *in = &VTI (bb)->in;
6756   dataflow_set *out = &VTI (bb)->out;
6757 
6758   dataflow_set_init (&old_out);
6759   dataflow_set_copy (&old_out, out);
6760   dataflow_set_copy (out, in);
6761 
6762   if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
6763     local_get_addr_cache = new hash_map<rtx, rtx>;
6764 
6765   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (VTI (bb)->mos, i, mo)
6766     {
6767       rtx_insn *insn = mo->insn;
6768 
6769       switch (mo->type)
6770           {
6771             case MO_CALL:
6772               dataflow_set_clear_at_call (out, insn);
6773               break;
6774 
6775             case MO_USE:
6776               {
6777                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
6778 
6779                 if (REG_P (loc))
6780                     var_reg_set (out, loc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED, NULL);
6781                 else if (MEM_P (loc))
6782                     var_mem_set (out, loc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED, NULL);
6783               }
6784               break;
6785 
6786             case MO_VAL_LOC:
6787               {
6788                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
6789                 rtx val, vloc;
6790                 tree var;
6791 
6792                 if (GET_CODE (loc) == CONCAT)
6793                     {
6794                       val = XEXP (loc, 0);
6795                       vloc = XEXP (loc, 1);
6796                     }
6797                 else
6798                     {
6799                       val = NULL_RTX;
6800                       vloc = loc;
6801                     }
6802 
6803                 var = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (vloc);
6804 
6805                 clobber_variable_part (out, NULL_RTX,
6806                                              dv_from_decl (var), 0, NULL_RTX);
6807                 if (val)
6808                     {
6809                       if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc))
6810                         val_resolve (out, val, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc), insn);
6811                       set_variable_part (out, val, dv_from_decl (var), 0,
6812                                              VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL_RTX,
6813                                              INSERT);
6814                     }
6815                 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc)))
6816                     set_variable_part (out, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc),
6817                                            dv_from_decl (var), 0,
6818                                            VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL_RTX,
6819                                            INSERT);
6820               }
6821               break;
6822 
6823             case MO_VAL_USE:
6824               {
6825                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
6826                 rtx val, vloc, uloc;
6827 
6828                 vloc = uloc = XEXP (loc, 1);
6829                 val = XEXP (loc, 0);
6830 
6831                 if (GET_CODE (val) == CONCAT)
6832                     {
6833                       uloc = XEXP (val, 1);
6834                       val = XEXP (val, 0);
6835                     }
6836 
6837                 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc))
6838                     val_resolve (out, val, vloc, insn);
6839                 else
6840                     val_store (out, val, uloc, insn, false);
6841 
6842                 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc))
6843                     {
6844                       if (GET_CODE (uloc) == REG)
6845                         var_reg_set (out, uloc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED,
6846                                          NULL);
6847                       else if (GET_CODE (uloc) == MEM)
6848                         var_mem_set (out, uloc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED,
6849                                          NULL);
6850                     }
6851               }
6852               break;
6853 
6854             case MO_VAL_SET:
6855               {
6856                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
6857                 rtx val, vloc, uloc;
6858                 rtx dstv, srcv;
6859 
6860                 vloc = loc;
6861                 uloc = XEXP (vloc, 1);
6862                 val = XEXP (vloc, 0);
6863                 vloc = uloc;
6864 
6865                 if (GET_CODE (uloc) == SET)
6866                     {
6867                       dstv = SET_DEST (uloc);
6868                       srcv = SET_SRC (uloc);
6869                     }
6870                 else
6871                     {
6872                       dstv = uloc;
6873                       srcv = NULL;
6874                     }
6875 
6876                 if (GET_CODE (val) == CONCAT)
6877                     {
6878                       dstv = vloc = XEXP (val, 1);
6879                       val = XEXP (val, 0);
6880                     }
6881 
6882                 if (GET_CODE (vloc) == SET)
6883                     {
6884                       srcv = SET_SRC (vloc);
6885 
6886                       gcc_assert (val != srcv);
6887                       gcc_assert (vloc == uloc || VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc));
6888 
6889                       dstv = vloc = SET_DEST (vloc);
6890 
6891                       if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc))
6892                         val_resolve (out, val, srcv, insn);
6893                     }
6894                 else if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc))
6895                     {
6896                       gcc_assert (GET_CODE (uloc) == SET
6897                                     && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (uloc)) == REG);
6898                       val_resolve (out, val, SET_SRC (uloc), insn);
6899                     }
6900 
6901                 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc))
6902                     {
6903                       if (VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED (loc))
6904                         {
6905                           if (REG_P (uloc))
6906                               var_reg_delete (out, uloc, true);
6907                           else if (MEM_P (uloc))
6908                               {
6909                                 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv));
6910                                 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv) == MEM_ATTRS (uloc));
6911                                 var_mem_delete (out, dstv, true);
6912                               }
6913                         }
6914                       else
6915                         {
6916                           bool copied_p = VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED (loc);
6917                           rtx src = NULL, dst = uloc;
6918                           enum var_init_status status = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
6919 
6920                           if (GET_CODE (uloc) == SET)
6921                               {
6922                                 src = SET_SRC (uloc);
6923                                 dst = SET_DEST (uloc);
6924                               }
6925 
6926                           if (copied_p)
6927                               {
6928                                 if (flag_var_tracking_uninit)
6929                                   {
6930                                     status = find_src_status (in, src);
6931 
6932                                     if (status == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN)
6933                                         status = find_src_status (out, src);
6934                                   }
6935 
6936                                 src = find_src_set_src (in, src);
6937                               }
6938 
6939                           if (REG_P (dst))
6940                               var_reg_delete_and_set (out, dst, !copied_p,
6941                                                             status, srcv);
6942                           else if (MEM_P (dst))
6943                               {
6944                                 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv));
6945                                 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv) == MEM_ATTRS (dst));
6946                                 var_mem_delete_and_set (out, dstv, !copied_p,
6947                                                               status, srcv);
6948                               }
6949                         }
6950                     }
6951                 else if (REG_P (uloc))
6952                     var_regno_delete (out, REGNO (uloc));
6953                 else if (MEM_P (uloc))
6954                     {
6955                       gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (vloc) == MEM);
6956                       gcc_checking_assert (dstv == vloc);
6957                       if (dstv != vloc)
6958                         clobber_overlapping_mems (out, vloc);
6959                     }
6960 
6961                 val_store (out, val, dstv, insn, true);
6962               }
6963               break;
6964 
6965             case MO_SET:
6966               {
6967                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
6968                 rtx set_src = NULL;
6969 
6970                 if (GET_CODE (loc) == SET)
6971                     {
6972                       set_src = SET_SRC (loc);
6973                       loc = SET_DEST (loc);
6974                     }
6975 
6976                 if (REG_P (loc))
6977                     var_reg_delete_and_set (out, loc, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED,
6978                                                   set_src);
6979                 else if (MEM_P (loc))
6980                     var_mem_delete_and_set (out, loc, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED,
6981                                                   set_src);
6982               }
6983               break;
6984 
6985             case MO_COPY:
6986               {
6987                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
6988                 enum var_init_status src_status;
6989                 rtx set_src = NULL;
6990 
6991                 if (GET_CODE (loc) == SET)
6992                     {
6993                       set_src = SET_SRC (loc);
6994                       loc = SET_DEST (loc);
6995                     }
6996 
6997                 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit)
6998                     src_status = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
6999                 else
7000                     {
7001                       src_status = find_src_status (in, set_src);
7002 
7003                       if (src_status == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN)
7004                         src_status = find_src_status (out, set_src);
7005                     }
7006 
7007                 set_src = find_src_set_src (in, set_src);
7008 
7009                 if (REG_P (loc))
7010                     var_reg_delete_and_set (out, loc, false, src_status, set_src);
7011                 else if (MEM_P (loc))
7012                     var_mem_delete_and_set (out, loc, false, src_status, set_src);
7013               }
7014               break;
7015 
7016             case MO_USE_NO_VAR:
7017               {
7018                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
7019 
7020                 if (REG_P (loc))
7021                     var_reg_delete (out, loc, false);
7022                 else if (MEM_P (loc))
7023                     var_mem_delete (out, loc, false);
7024               }
7025               break;
7026 
7027             case MO_CLOBBER:
7028               {
7029                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
7030 
7031                 if (REG_P (loc))
7032                     var_reg_delete (out, loc, true);
7033                 else if (MEM_P (loc))
7034                     var_mem_delete (out, loc, true);
7035               }
7036               break;
7037 
7038             case MO_ADJUST:
7039               out->stack_adjust += mo->u.adjust;
7040               break;
7041           }
7042     }
7043 
7044   if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
7045     {
7046       delete local_get_addr_cache;
7047       local_get_addr_cache = NULL;
7048 
7049       dataflow_set_equiv_regs (out);
7050       shared_hash_htab (out->vars)
7051           ->traverse <dataflow_set *, canonicalize_values_mark> (out);
7052       shared_hash_htab (out->vars)
7053           ->traverse <dataflow_set *, canonicalize_values_star> (out);
7054       if (flag_checking)
7055           shared_hash_htab (out->vars)
7056             ->traverse <dataflow_set *, canonicalize_loc_order_check> (out);
7057     }
7058   changed = dataflow_set_different (&old_out, out);
7059   dataflow_set_destroy (&old_out);
7060   return changed;
7061 }
7062 
7063 /* Find the locations of variables in the whole function.  */
7064 
7065 static bool
vt_find_locations(void)7066 vt_find_locations (void)
7067 {
7068   bb_heap_t *worklist = new bb_heap_t (LONG_MIN);
7069   bb_heap_t *pending = new bb_heap_t (LONG_MIN);
7070   sbitmap in_worklist, in_pending;
7071   basic_block bb;
7072   edge e;
7073   int *bb_order;
7074   int *rc_order;
7075   int i;
7076   int htabsz = 0;
7077   int htabmax = param_max_vartrack_size;
7078   bool success = true;
7079   unsigned int n_blocks_processed = 0;
7080 
7081   timevar_push (TV_VAR_TRACKING_DATAFLOW);
7082   /* Compute reverse completion order of depth first search of the CFG
7083      so that the data-flow runs faster.  */
7084   rc_order = XNEWVEC (int, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) - NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS);
7085   bb_order = XNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
7086   auto_bitmap exit_bbs;
7087   bitmap_set_bit (exit_bbs, EXIT_BLOCK);
7088   auto_vec<std::pair<int, int> > toplevel_scc_extents;
7089   int n = rev_post_order_and_mark_dfs_back_seme
7090     (cfun, single_succ_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)), exit_bbs, true,
7091      rc_order, &toplevel_scc_extents);
7092   for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
7093     bb_order[rc_order[i]] = i;
7094 
7095   in_worklist = sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
7096   in_pending = sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
7097   bitmap_clear (in_worklist);
7098   bitmap_clear (in_pending);
7099 
7100   /* We're performing the dataflow iteration independently over the
7101      toplevel SCCs plus leading non-cyclic entry blocks and separately
7102      over the tail.  That ensures best memory locality and the least
7103      number of visited blocks.  */
7104   unsigned extent = 0;
7105   int curr_start = -1;
7106   int curr_end = -1;
7107   do
7108     {
7109       curr_start = curr_end + 1;
7110       if (toplevel_scc_extents.length () <= extent)
7111           curr_end = n - 1;
7112       else
7113           curr_end = toplevel_scc_extents[extent++].second;
7114 
7115       for (int i = curr_start; i <= curr_end; ++i)
7116           {
7117             pending->insert (i, BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, rc_order[i]));
7118             bitmap_set_bit (in_pending, rc_order[i]);
7119           }
7120 
7121       while (success && !pending->empty ())
7122           {
7123             std::swap (worklist, pending);
7124             std::swap (in_worklist, in_pending);
7125 
7126             while (!worklist->empty ())
7127               {
7128                 bool changed;
7129                 edge_iterator ei;
7130                 int oldinsz, oldoutsz;
7131 
7132                 bb = worklist->extract_min ();
7133                 bitmap_clear_bit (in_worklist, bb->index);
7134 
7135                 if (VTI (bb)->in.vars)
7136                     {
7137                       htabsz -= (shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb)->in.vars)->size ()
7138                                    + shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb)->out.vars)->size ());
7139                       oldinsz = shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb)->in.vars)->elements ();
7140                       oldoutsz = shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb)->out.vars)->elements ();
7141                     }
7142                 else
7143                     oldinsz = oldoutsz = 0;
7144 
7145                 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
7146                     {
7147                       dataflow_set *in = &VTI (bb)->in, *first_out = NULL;
7148                       bool first = true, adjust = false;
7149 
7150                       /* Calculate the IN set as the intersection of
7151                          predecessor OUT sets.  */
7152 
7153                       dataflow_set_clear (in);
7154                       dst_can_be_shared = true;
7155 
7156                       FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
7157                         if (!VTI (e->src)->flooded)
7158                           gcc_assert (bb_order[bb->index]
7159                                           <= bb_order[e->src->index]);
7160                         else if (first)
7161                           {
7162                               dataflow_set_copy (in, &VTI (e->src)->out);
7163                               first_out = &VTI (e->src)->out;
7164                               first = false;
7165                           }
7166                         else
7167                           {
7168                               dataflow_set_merge (in, &VTI (e->src)->out);
7169                               adjust = true;
7170                           }
7171 
7172                       if (adjust)
7173                         {
7174                           dataflow_post_merge_adjust (in, &VTI (bb)->permp);
7175 
7176                           if (flag_checking)
7177                               /* Merge and merge_adjust should keep entries in
7178                                  canonical order.  */
7179                               shared_hash_htab (in->vars)
7180                                 ->traverse <dataflow_set *,
7181                                               canonicalize_loc_order_check> (in);
7182 
7183                           if (dst_can_be_shared)
7184                               {
7185                                 shared_hash_destroy (in->vars);
7186                                 in->vars = shared_hash_copy (first_out->vars);
7187                               }
7188                         }
7189 
7190                       VTI (bb)->flooded = true;
7191                     }
7192                 else
7193                     {
7194                       /* Calculate the IN set as union of predecessor OUT sets.  */
7195                       dataflow_set_clear (&VTI (bb)->in);
7196                       FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
7197                         dataflow_set_union (&VTI (bb)->in, &VTI (e->src)->out);
7198                     }
7199 
7200                 changed = compute_bb_dataflow (bb);
7201                 n_blocks_processed++;
7202                 htabsz += (shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb)->in.vars)->size ()
7203                                + shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb)->out.vars)->size ());
7204 
7205                 if (htabmax && htabsz > htabmax)
7206                     {
7207                       if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
7208                         inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (cfun->decl),
7209                                   "variable tracking size limit exceeded with "
7210                                   "%<-fvar-tracking-assignments%>, retrying without");
7211                       else
7212                         inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (cfun->decl),
7213                                   "variable tracking size limit exceeded");
7214                       success = false;
7215                       break;
7216                     }
7217 
7218                 if (changed)
7219                     {
7220                       FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
7221                         {
7222                           if (e->dest == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
7223                               continue;
7224 
7225                           /* Iterate to an earlier block in RPO in the next
7226                                round, iterate to the same block immediately.  */
7227                           if (bb_order[e->dest->index] < bb_order[bb->index])
7228                               {
7229                                 gcc_assert (bb_order[e->dest->index] >= curr_start);
7230                                 if (!bitmap_bit_p (in_pending, e->dest->index))
7231                                   {
7232                                     /* Send E->DEST to next round.  */
7233                                     bitmap_set_bit (in_pending, e->dest->index);
7234                                     pending->insert (bb_order[e->dest->index],
7235                                                          e->dest);
7236                                   }
7237                               }
7238                           else if (bb_order[e->dest->index] <= curr_end
7239                                      && !bitmap_bit_p (in_worklist, e->dest->index))
7240                               {
7241                                 /* Add E->DEST to current round or delay
7242                                    processing if it is in the next SCC.  */
7243                                 bitmap_set_bit (in_worklist, e->dest->index);
7244                                 worklist->insert (bb_order[e->dest->index],
7245                                                       e->dest);
7246                               }
7247                         }
7248                     }
7249 
7250                 if (dump_file)
7251                     fprintf (dump_file,
7252                                "BB %i: in %i (was %i), out %i (was %i), rem %i + %i, "
7253                                "tsz %i\n", bb->index,
7254                                (int)shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb)->in.vars)->size (),
7255                                oldinsz,
7256                                (int)shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb)->out.vars)->size (),
7257                                oldoutsz,
7258                                (int)worklist->nodes (), (int)pending->nodes (),
7259                                htabsz);
7260 
7261                 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
7262                     {
7263                       fprintf (dump_file, "BB %i IN:\n", bb->index);
7264                       dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb)->in);
7265                       fprintf (dump_file, "BB %i OUT:\n", bb->index);
7266                       dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb)->out);
7267                     }
7268               }
7269           }
7270     }
7271   while (curr_end != n - 1);
7272 
7273   statistics_counter_event (cfun, "compute_bb_dataflow times",
7274                                   n_blocks_processed);
7275 
7276   if (success && MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
7277     FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
7278       gcc_assert (VTI (bb)->flooded);
7279 
7280   free (rc_order);
7281   free (bb_order);
7282   delete worklist;
7283   delete pending;
7284   sbitmap_free (in_worklist);
7285   sbitmap_free (in_pending);
7286 
7287   timevar_pop (TV_VAR_TRACKING_DATAFLOW);
7288   return success;
7289 }
7290 
7291 /* Print the content of the LIST to dump file.  */
7292 
7293 static void
dump_attrs_list(attrs * list)7294 dump_attrs_list (attrs *list)
7295 {
7296   for (; list; list = list->next)
7297     {
7298       if (dv_is_decl_p (list->dv))
7299           print_mem_expr (dump_file, dv_as_decl (list->dv));
7300       else
7301           print_rtl_single (dump_file, dv_as_value (list->dv));
7302       fprintf (dump_file, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, list->offset);
7303     }
7304   fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
7305 }
7306 
7307 /* Print the information about variable *SLOT to dump file.  */
7308 
7309 int
dump_var_tracking_slot(variable ** slot,void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)7310 dump_var_tracking_slot (variable **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7311 {
7312   variable *var = *slot;
7313 
7314   dump_var (var);
7315 
7316   /* Continue traversing the hash table.  */
7317   return 1;
7318 }
7319 
7320 /* Print the information about variable VAR to dump file.  */
7321 
7322 static void
dump_var(variable * var)7323 dump_var (variable *var)
7324 {
7325   int i;
7326   location_chain *node;
7327 
7328   if (dv_is_decl_p (var->dv))
7329     {
7330       const_tree decl = dv_as_decl (var->dv);
7331 
7332       if (DECL_NAME (decl))
7333           {
7334             fprintf (dump_file, "  name: %s",
7335                        IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)));
7336             if (dump_flags & TDF_UID)
7337               fprintf (dump_file, "D.%u", DECL_UID (decl));
7338           }
7339       else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL)
7340           fprintf (dump_file, "  name: D#%u", DEBUG_TEMP_UID (decl));
7341       else
7342           fprintf (dump_file, "  name: D.%u", DECL_UID (decl));
7343       fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
7344     }
7345   else
7346     {
7347       fputc (' ', dump_file);
7348       print_rtl_single (dump_file, dv_as_value (var->dv));
7349     }
7350 
7351   for (i = 0; i < var->n_var_parts; i++)
7352     {
7353       fprintf (dump_file, "    offset %ld\n",
7354                  (long)(var->onepart ? 0 : VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, i)));
7355       for (node = var->var_part[i].loc_chain; node; node = node->next)
7356           {
7357             fprintf (dump_file, "      ");
7358             if (node->init == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7359               fprintf (dump_file, "[uninit]");
7360             print_rtl_single (dump_file, node->loc);
7361           }
7362     }
7363 }
7364 
7365 /* Print the information about variables from hash table VARS to dump file.  */
7366 
7367 static void
dump_vars(variable_table_type * vars)7368 dump_vars (variable_table_type *vars)
7369 {
7370   if (!vars->is_empty ())
7371     {
7372       fprintf (dump_file, "Variables:\n");
7373       vars->traverse <void *, dump_var_tracking_slot> (NULL);
7374     }
7375 }
7376 
7377 /* Print the dataflow set SET to dump file.  */
7378 
7379 static void
dump_dataflow_set(dataflow_set * set)7380 dump_dataflow_set (dataflow_set *set)
7381 {
7382   int i;
7383 
7384   fprintf (dump_file, "Stack adjustment: " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC "\n",
7385              set->stack_adjust);
7386   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
7387     {
7388       if (set->regs[i])
7389           {
7390             fprintf (dump_file, "Reg %d:", i);
7391             dump_attrs_list (set->regs[i]);
7392           }
7393     }
7394   dump_vars (shared_hash_htab (set->vars));
7395   fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
7396 }
7397 
7398 /* Print the IN and OUT sets for each basic block to dump file.  */
7399 
7400 static void
dump_dataflow_sets(void)7401 dump_dataflow_sets (void)
7402 {
7403   basic_block bb;
7404 
7405   FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
7406     {
7407       fprintf (dump_file, "\nBasic block %d:\n", bb->index);
7408       fprintf (dump_file, "IN:\n");
7409       dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb)->in);
7410       fprintf (dump_file, "OUT:\n");
7411       dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb)->out);
7412     }
7413 }
7414 
7415 /* Return the variable for DV in dropped_values, inserting one if
7416    requested with INSERT.  */
7417 
7418 static inline variable *
variable_from_dropped(decl_or_value dv,enum insert_option insert)7419 variable_from_dropped (decl_or_value dv, enum insert_option insert)
7420 {
7421   variable **slot;
7422   variable *empty_var;
7423   onepart_enum onepart;
7424 
7425   slot = dropped_values->find_slot_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv), insert);
7426 
7427   if (!slot)
7428     return NULL;
7429 
7430   if (*slot)
7431     return *slot;
7432 
7433   gcc_checking_assert (insert == INSERT);
7434 
7435   onepart = dv_onepart_p (dv);
7436 
7437   gcc_checking_assert (onepart == ONEPART_VALUE || onepart == ONEPART_DEXPR);
7438 
7439   empty_var = onepart_pool_allocate (onepart);
7440   empty_var->dv = dv;
7441   empty_var->refcount = 1;
7442   empty_var->n_var_parts = 0;
7443   empty_var->onepart = onepart;
7444   empty_var->in_changed_variables = false;
7445   empty_var->var_part[0].loc_chain = NULL;
7446   empty_var->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
7447   VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var) = NULL;
7448   set_dv_changed (dv, true);
7449 
7450   *slot = empty_var;
7451 
7452   return empty_var;
7453 }
7454 
7455 /* Recover the one-part aux from dropped_values.  */
7456 
7457 static struct onepart_aux *
recover_dropped_1paux(variable * var)7458 recover_dropped_1paux (variable *var)
7459 {
7460   variable *dvar;
7461 
7462   gcc_checking_assert (var->onepart);
7463 
7464   if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
7465     return VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var);
7466 
7467   if (var->onepart == ONEPART_VDECL)
7468     return NULL;
7469 
7470   dvar = variable_from_dropped (var->dv, NO_INSERT);
7471 
7472   if (!dvar)
7473     return NULL;
7474 
7475   VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (dvar);
7476   VAR_LOC_1PAUX (dvar) = NULL;
7477 
7478   return VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var);
7479 }
7480 
7481 /* Add variable VAR to the hash table of changed variables and
7482    if it has no locations delete it from SET's hash table.  */
7483 
7484 static void
variable_was_changed(variable * var,dataflow_set * set)7485 variable_was_changed (variable *var, dataflow_set *set)
7486 {
7487   hashval_t hash = dv_htab_hash (var->dv);
7488 
7489   if (emit_notes)
7490     {
7491       variable **slot;
7492 
7493       /* Remember this decl or VALUE has been added to changed_variables.  */
7494       set_dv_changed (var->dv, true);
7495 
7496       slot = changed_variables->find_slot_with_hash (var->dv, hash, INSERT);
7497 
7498       if (*slot)
7499           {
7500             variable *old_var = *slot;
7501             gcc_assert (old_var->in_changed_variables);
7502             old_var->in_changed_variables = false;
7503             if (var != old_var && var->onepart)
7504               {
7505                 /* Restore the auxiliary info from an empty variable
7506                      previously created for changed_variables, so it is
7507                      not lost.  */
7508                 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var));
7509                 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var);
7510                 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var) = NULL;
7511               }
7512             variable_htab_free (*slot);
7513           }
7514 
7515       if (set && var->n_var_parts == 0)
7516           {
7517             onepart_enum onepart = var->onepart;
7518             variable *empty_var = NULL;
7519             variable **dslot = NULL;
7520 
7521             if (onepart == ONEPART_VALUE || onepart == ONEPART_DEXPR)
7522               {
7523                 dslot = dropped_values->find_slot_with_hash (var->dv,
7524                                                                          dv_htab_hash (var->dv),
7525                                                                          INSERT);
7526                 empty_var = *dslot;
7527 
7528                 if (empty_var)
7529                     {
7530                       gcc_checking_assert (!empty_var->in_changed_variables);
7531                       if (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
7532                         {
7533                           VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var);
7534                           VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var) = NULL;
7535                         }
7536                       else
7537                         gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var));
7538                     }
7539               }
7540 
7541             if (!empty_var)
7542               {
7543                 empty_var = onepart_pool_allocate (onepart);
7544                 empty_var->dv = var->dv;
7545                 empty_var->refcount = 1;
7546                 empty_var->n_var_parts = 0;
7547                 empty_var->onepart = onepart;
7548                 if (dslot)
7549                     {
7550                       empty_var->refcount++;
7551                       *dslot = empty_var;
7552                     }
7553               }
7554             else
7555               empty_var->refcount++;
7556             empty_var->in_changed_variables = true;
7557             *slot = empty_var;
7558             if (onepart)
7559               {
7560                 empty_var->var_part[0].loc_chain = NULL;
7561                 empty_var->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
7562                 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var);
7563                 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) = NULL;
7564               }
7565             goto drop_var;
7566           }
7567       else
7568           {
7569             if (var->onepart && !VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
7570               recover_dropped_1paux (var);
7571             var->refcount++;
7572             var->in_changed_variables = true;
7573             *slot = var;
7574           }
7575     }
7576   else
7577     {
7578       gcc_assert (set);
7579       if (var->n_var_parts == 0)
7580           {
7581             variable **slot;
7582 
7583           drop_var:
7584             slot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, var->dv);
7585             if (slot)
7586               {
7587                 if (shared_hash_shared (set->vars))
7588                     slot = shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set->vars, var->dv,
7589                                                                   NO_INSERT);
7590                 shared_hash_htab (set->vars)->clear_slot (slot);
7591               }
7592           }
7593     }
7594 }
7595 
7596 /* Look for the index in VAR->var_part corresponding to OFFSET.
7597    Return -1 if not found.  If INSERTION_POINT is non-NULL, the
7598    referenced int will be set to the index that the part has or should
7599    have, if it should be inserted.  */
7600 
7601 static inline int
find_variable_location_part(variable * var,HOST_WIDE_INT offset,int * insertion_point)7602 find_variable_location_part (variable *var, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7603                                    int *insertion_point)
7604 {
7605   int pos, low, high;
7606 
7607   if (var->onepart)
7608     {
7609       if (offset != 0)
7610           return -1;
7611 
7612       if (insertion_point)
7613           *insertion_point = 0;
7614 
7615       return var->n_var_parts - 1;
7616     }
7617 
7618   /* Find the location part.  */
7619   low = 0;
7620   high = var->n_var_parts;
7621   while (low != high)
7622     {
7623       pos = (low + high) / 2;
7624       if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, pos) < offset)
7625           low = pos + 1;
7626       else
7627           high = pos;
7628     }
7629   pos = low;
7630 
7631   if (insertion_point)
7632     *insertion_point = pos;
7633 
7634   if (pos < var->n_var_parts && VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, pos) == offset)
7635     return pos;
7636 
7637   return -1;
7638 }
7639 
7640 static variable **
set_slot_part(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,variable ** slot,decl_or_value dv,HOST_WIDE_INT offset,enum var_init_status initialized,rtx set_src)7641 set_slot_part (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, variable **slot,
7642                  decl_or_value dv, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7643                  enum var_init_status initialized, rtx set_src)
7644 {
7645   int pos;
7646   location_chain *node, *next;
7647   location_chain **nextp;
7648   variable *var;
7649   onepart_enum onepart;
7650 
7651   var = *slot;
7652 
7653   if (var)
7654     onepart = var->onepart;
7655   else
7656     onepart = dv_onepart_p (dv);
7657 
7658   gcc_checking_assert (offset == 0 || !onepart);
7659   gcc_checking_assert (loc != dv_as_opaque (dv));
7660 
7661   if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit)
7662     initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
7663 
7664   if (!var)
7665     {
7666       /* Create new variable information.  */
7667       var = onepart_pool_allocate (onepart);
7668       var->dv = dv;
7669       var->refcount = 1;
7670       var->n_var_parts = 1;
7671       var->onepart = onepart;
7672       var->in_changed_variables = false;
7673       if (var->onepart)
7674           VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) = NULL;
7675       else
7676           VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, 0) = offset;
7677       var->var_part[0].loc_chain = NULL;
7678       var->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
7679       *slot = var;
7680       pos = 0;
7681       nextp = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain;
7682     }
7683   else if (onepart)
7684     {
7685       int r = -1, c = 0;
7686 
7687       gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (var->dv) == dv_as_opaque (dv));
7688 
7689       pos = 0;
7690 
7691       if (GET_CODE (loc) == VALUE)
7692           {
7693             for (nextp = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain; (node = *nextp);
7694                  nextp = &node->next)
7695               if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == VALUE)
7696                 {
7697                     if (node->loc == loc)
7698                       {
7699                         r = 0;
7700                         break;
7701                       }
7702                     if (canon_value_cmp (node->loc, loc))
7703                       c++;
7704                     else
7705                       {
7706                         r = 1;
7707                         break;
7708                       }
7709                 }
7710               else if (REG_P (node->loc) || MEM_P (node->loc))
7711                 c++;
7712               else
7713                 {
7714                     r = 1;
7715                     break;
7716                 }
7717           }
7718       else if (REG_P (loc))
7719           {
7720             for (nextp = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain; (node = *nextp);
7721                  nextp = &node->next)
7722               if (REG_P (node->loc))
7723                 {
7724                     if (REGNO (node->loc) < REGNO (loc))
7725                       c++;
7726                     else
7727                       {
7728                         if (REGNO (node->loc) == REGNO (loc))
7729                           r = 0;
7730                         else
7731                           r = 1;
7732                         break;
7733                       }
7734                 }
7735               else
7736                 {
7737                     r = 1;
7738                     break;
7739                 }
7740           }
7741       else if (MEM_P (loc))
7742           {
7743             for (nextp = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain; (node = *nextp);
7744                  nextp = &node->next)
7745               if (REG_P (node->loc))
7746                 c++;
7747               else if (MEM_P (node->loc))
7748                 {
7749                     if ((r = loc_cmp (XEXP (node->loc, 0), XEXP (loc, 0))) >= 0)
7750                       break;
7751                     else
7752                       c++;
7753                 }
7754               else
7755                 {
7756                     r = 1;
7757                     break;
7758                 }
7759           }
7760       else
7761           for (nextp = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain; (node = *nextp);
7762                nextp = &node->next)
7763             if ((r = loc_cmp (node->loc, loc)) >= 0)
7764               break;
7765             else
7766               c++;
7767 
7768       if (r == 0)
7769           return slot;
7770 
7771       if (shared_var_p (var, set->vars))
7772           {
7773             slot = unshare_variable (set, slot, var, initialized);
7774             var = *slot;
7775             for (nextp = &var->var_part[0].loc_chain; c;
7776                  nextp = &(*nextp)->next)
7777               c--;
7778             gcc_assert ((!node && !*nextp) || node->loc == (*nextp)->loc);
7779           }
7780     }
7781   else
7782     {
7783       int inspos = 0;
7784 
7785       gcc_assert (dv_as_decl (var->dv) == dv_as_decl (dv));
7786 
7787       pos = find_variable_location_part (var, offset, &inspos);
7788 
7789       if (pos >= 0)
7790           {
7791             node = var->var_part[pos].loc_chain;
7792 
7793             if (node
7794                 && ((REG_P (node->loc) && REG_P (loc)
7795                        && REGNO (node->loc) == REGNO (loc))
7796                       || rtx_equal_p (node->loc, loc)))
7797               {
7798                 /* LOC is in the beginning of the chain so we have nothing
7799                      to do.  */
7800                 if (node->init < initialized)
7801                     node->init = initialized;
7802                 if (set_src != NULL)
7803                     node->set_src = set_src;
7804 
7805                 return slot;
7806               }
7807             else
7808               {
7809                 /* We have to make a copy of a shared variable.  */
7810                 if (shared_var_p (var, set->vars))
7811                     {
7812                       slot = unshare_variable (set, slot, var, initialized);
7813                       var = *slot;
7814                     }
7815               }
7816           }
7817       else
7818           {
7819             /* We have not found the location part, new one will be created.  */
7820 
7821             /* We have to make a copy of the shared variable.  */
7822             if (shared_var_p (var, set->vars))
7823               {
7824                 slot = unshare_variable (set, slot, var, initialized);
7825                 var = *slot;
7826               }
7827 
7828             /* We track only variables whose size is <= MAX_VAR_PARTS bytes
7829                thus there are at most MAX_VAR_PARTS different offsets.  */
7830             gcc_assert (var->n_var_parts < MAX_VAR_PARTS
7831                           && (!var->n_var_parts || !onepart));
7832 
7833             /* We have to move the elements of array starting at index
7834                inspos to the next position.  */
7835             for (pos = var->n_var_parts; pos > inspos; pos--)
7836               var->var_part[pos] = var->var_part[pos - 1];
7837 
7838             var->n_var_parts++;
7839             gcc_checking_assert (!onepart);
7840             VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, pos) = offset;
7841             var->var_part[pos].loc_chain = NULL;
7842             var->var_part[pos].cur_loc = NULL;
7843           }
7844 
7845       /* Delete the location from the list.  */
7846       nextp = &var->var_part[pos].loc_chain;
7847       for (node = var->var_part[pos].loc_chain; node; node = next)
7848           {
7849             next = node->next;
7850             if ((REG_P (node->loc) && REG_P (loc)
7851                  && REGNO (node->loc) == REGNO (loc))
7852                 || rtx_equal_p (node->loc, loc))
7853               {
7854                 /* Save these values, to assign to the new node, before
7855                      deleting this one.  */
7856                 if (node->init > initialized)
7857                     initialized = node->init;
7858                 if (node->set_src != NULL && set_src == NULL)
7859                     set_src = node->set_src;
7860                 if (var->var_part[pos].cur_loc == node->loc)
7861                     var->var_part[pos].cur_loc = NULL;
7862                 delete node;
7863                 *nextp = next;
7864                 break;
7865               }
7866             else
7867               nextp = &node->next;
7868           }
7869 
7870       nextp = &var->var_part[pos].loc_chain;
7871     }
7872 
7873   /* Add the location to the beginning.  */
7874   node = new location_chain;
7875   node->loc = loc;
7876   node->init = initialized;
7877   node->set_src = set_src;
7878   node->next = *nextp;
7879   *nextp = node;
7880 
7881   /* If no location was emitted do so.  */
7882   if (var->var_part[pos].cur_loc == NULL)
7883     variable_was_changed (var, set);
7884 
7885   return slot;
7886 }
7887 
7888 /* Set the part of variable's location in the dataflow set SET.  The
7889    variable part is specified by variable's declaration in DV and
7890    offset OFFSET and the part's location by LOC.  IOPT should be
7891    NO_INSERT if the variable is known to be in SET already and the
7892    variable hash table must not be resized, and INSERT otherwise.  */
7893 
7894 static void
set_variable_part(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,decl_or_value dv,HOST_WIDE_INT offset,enum var_init_status initialized,rtx set_src,enum insert_option iopt)7895 set_variable_part (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc,
7896                        decl_or_value dv, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7897                        enum var_init_status initialized, rtx set_src,
7898                        enum insert_option iopt)
7899 {
7900   variable **slot;
7901 
7902   if (iopt == NO_INSERT)
7903     slot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, dv);
7904   else
7905     {
7906       slot = shared_hash_find_slot (set->vars, dv);
7907       if (!slot)
7908           slot = shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set->vars, dv, iopt);
7909     }
7910   set_slot_part (set, loc, slot, dv, offset, initialized, set_src);
7911 }
7912 
7913 /* Remove all recorded register locations for the given variable part
7914    from dataflow set SET, except for those that are identical to loc.
7915    The variable part is specified by variable's declaration or value
7916    DV and offset OFFSET.  */
7917 
7918 static variable **
clobber_slot_part(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,variable ** slot,HOST_WIDE_INT offset,rtx set_src)7919 clobber_slot_part (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, variable **slot,
7920                        HOST_WIDE_INT offset, rtx set_src)
7921 {
7922   variable *var = *slot;
7923   int pos = find_variable_location_part (var, offset, NULL);
7924 
7925   if (pos >= 0)
7926     {
7927       location_chain *node, *next;
7928 
7929       /* Remove the register locations from the dataflow set.  */
7930       next = var->var_part[pos].loc_chain;
7931       for (node = next; node; node = next)
7932           {
7933             next = node->next;
7934             if (node->loc != loc
7935                 && (!flag_var_tracking_uninit
7936                       || !set_src
7937                       || MEM_P (set_src)
7938                       || !rtx_equal_p (set_src, node->set_src)))
7939               {
7940                 if (REG_P (node->loc))
7941                     {
7942                       attrs *anode, *anext;
7943                       attrs **anextp;
7944 
7945                       /* Remove the variable part from the register's
7946                          list, but preserve any other variable parts
7947                          that might be regarded as live in that same
7948                          register.  */
7949                       anextp = &set->regs[REGNO (node->loc)];
7950                       for (anode = *anextp; anode; anode = anext)
7951                         {
7952                           anext = anode->next;
7953                           if (dv_as_opaque (anode->dv) == dv_as_opaque (var->dv)
7954                                 && anode->offset == offset)
7955                               {
7956                                 delete anode;
7957                                 *anextp = anext;
7958                               }
7959                           else
7960                               anextp = &anode->next;
7961                         }
7962                     }
7963 
7964                 slot = delete_slot_part (set, node->loc, slot, offset);
7965               }
7966           }
7967     }
7968 
7969   return slot;
7970 }
7971 
7972 /* Remove all recorded register locations for the given variable part
7973    from dataflow set SET, except for those that are identical to loc.
7974    The variable part is specified by variable's declaration or value
7975    DV and offset OFFSET.  */
7976 
7977 static void
clobber_variable_part(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,decl_or_value dv,HOST_WIDE_INT offset,rtx set_src)7978 clobber_variable_part (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, decl_or_value dv,
7979                            HOST_WIDE_INT offset, rtx set_src)
7980 {
7981   variable **slot;
7982 
7983   if (!dv_as_opaque (dv)
7984       || (!dv_is_value_p (dv) && ! DECL_P (dv_as_decl (dv))))
7985     return;
7986 
7987   slot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, dv);
7988   if (!slot)
7989     return;
7990 
7991   clobber_slot_part (set, loc, slot, offset, set_src);
7992 }
7993 
7994 /* Delete the part of variable's location from dataflow set SET.  The
7995    variable part is specified by its SET->vars slot SLOT and offset
7996    OFFSET and the part's location by LOC.  */
7997 
7998 static variable **
delete_slot_part(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,variable ** slot,HOST_WIDE_INT offset)7999 delete_slot_part (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, variable **slot,
8000                       HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8001 {
8002   variable *var = *slot;
8003   int pos = find_variable_location_part (var, offset, NULL);
8004 
8005   if (pos >= 0)
8006     {
8007       location_chain *node, *next;
8008       location_chain **nextp;
8009       bool changed;
8010       rtx cur_loc;
8011 
8012       if (shared_var_p (var, set->vars))
8013           {
8014             /* If the variable contains the location part we have to
8015                make a copy of the variable.  */
8016             for (node = var->var_part[pos].loc_chain; node;
8017                  node = node->next)
8018               {
8019                 if ((REG_P (node->loc) && REG_P (loc)
8020                        && REGNO (node->loc) == REGNO (loc))
8021                       || rtx_equal_p (node->loc, loc))
8022                     {
8023                       slot = unshare_variable (set, slot, var,
8024                                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN);
8025                       var = *slot;
8026                       break;
8027                     }
8028               }
8029           }
8030 
8031       if (pos == 0 && var->onepart && VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
8032           cur_loc = VAR_LOC_FROM (var);
8033       else
8034           cur_loc = var->var_part[pos].cur_loc;
8035 
8036       /* Delete the location part.  */
8037       changed = false;
8038       nextp = &var->var_part[pos].loc_chain;
8039       for (node = *nextp; node; node = next)
8040           {
8041             next = node->next;
8042             if ((REG_P (node->loc) && REG_P (loc)
8043                  && REGNO (node->loc) == REGNO (loc))
8044                 || rtx_equal_p (node->loc, loc))
8045               {
8046                 /* If we have deleted the location which was last emitted
8047                      we have to emit new location so add the variable to set
8048                      of changed variables.  */
8049                 if (cur_loc == node->loc)
8050                     {
8051                       changed = true;
8052                       var->var_part[pos].cur_loc = NULL;
8053                       if (pos == 0 && var->onepart && VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
8054                         VAR_LOC_FROM (var) = NULL;
8055                     }
8056                 delete node;
8057                 *nextp = next;
8058                 break;
8059               }
8060             else
8061               nextp = &node->next;
8062           }
8063 
8064       if (var->var_part[pos].loc_chain == NULL)
8065           {
8066             changed = true;
8067             var->n_var_parts--;
8068             while (pos < var->n_var_parts)
8069               {
8070                 var->var_part[pos] = var->var_part[pos + 1];
8071                 pos++;
8072               }
8073           }
8074       if (changed)
8075           variable_was_changed (var, set);
8076     }
8077 
8078   return slot;
8079 }
8080 
8081 /* Delete the part of variable's location from dataflow set SET.  The
8082    variable part is specified by variable's declaration or value DV
8083    and offset OFFSET and the part's location by LOC.  */
8084 
8085 static void
delete_variable_part(dataflow_set * set,rtx loc,decl_or_value dv,HOST_WIDE_INT offset)8086 delete_variable_part (dataflow_set *set, rtx loc, decl_or_value dv,
8087                           HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8088 {
8089   variable **slot = shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set->vars, dv);
8090   if (!slot)
8091     return;
8092 
8093   delete_slot_part (set, loc, slot, offset);
8094 }
8095 
8096 
8097 /* Structure for passing some other parameters to function
8098    vt_expand_loc_callback.  */
8099 class expand_loc_callback_data
8100 {
8101 public:
8102   /* The variables and values active at this point.  */
8103   variable_table_type *vars;
8104 
8105   /* Stack of values and debug_exprs under expansion, and their
8106      children.  */
8107   auto_vec<rtx, 4> expanding;
8108 
8109   /* Stack of values and debug_exprs whose expansion hit recursion
8110      cycles.  They will have VALUE_RECURSED_INTO marked when added to
8111      this list.  This flag will be cleared if any of its dependencies
8112      resolves to a valid location.  So, if the flag remains set at the
8113      end of the search, we know no valid location for this one can
8114      possibly exist.  */
8115   auto_vec<rtx, 4> pending;
8116 
8117   /* The maximum depth among the sub-expressions under expansion.
8118      Zero indicates no expansion so far.  */
8119   expand_depth depth;
8120 };
8121 
8122 /* Allocate the one-part auxiliary data structure for VAR, with enough
8123    room for COUNT dependencies.  */
8124 
8125 static void
loc_exp_dep_alloc(variable * var,int count)8126 loc_exp_dep_alloc (variable *var, int count)
8127 {
8128   size_t allocsize;
8129 
8130   gcc_checking_assert (var->onepart);
8131 
8132   /* We can be called with COUNT == 0 to allocate the data structure
8133      without any dependencies, e.g. for the backlinks only.  However,
8134      if we are specifying a COUNT, then the dependency list must have
8135      been emptied before.  It would be possible to adjust pointers or
8136      force it empty here, but this is better done at an earlier point
8137      in the algorithm, so we instead leave an assertion to catch
8138      errors.  */
8139   gcc_checking_assert (!count
8140                            || VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var) == NULL
8141                            || VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var)->is_empty ());
8142 
8143   if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) && VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var)->space (count))
8144     return;
8145 
8146   allocsize = offsetof (struct onepart_aux, deps)
8147                 + deps_vec::embedded_size (count);
8148 
8149   if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var))
8150     {
8151       VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) = XRESIZEVAR (struct onepart_aux,
8152                                                   VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var), allocsize);
8153       /* If the reallocation moves the onepaux structure, the
8154            back-pointer to BACKLINKS in the first list member will still
8155            point to its old location.  Adjust it.  */
8156       if (VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var))
8157           VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var)->pprev = VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP (var);
8158     }
8159   else
8160     {
8161       VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) = XNEWVAR (struct onepart_aux, allocsize);
8162       *VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP (var) = NULL;
8163       VAR_LOC_FROM (var) = NULL;
8164       VAR_LOC_DEPTH (var).complexity = 0;
8165       VAR_LOC_DEPTH (var).entryvals = 0;
8166     }
8167   VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var)->embedded_init (count);
8168 }
8169 
8170 /* Remove all entries from the vector of active dependencies of VAR,
8171    removing them from the back-links lists too.  */
8172 
8173 static void
loc_exp_dep_clear(variable * var)8174 loc_exp_dep_clear (variable *var)
8175 {
8176   while (VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var) && !VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var)->is_empty ())
8177     {
8178       loc_exp_dep *led = &VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var)->last ();
8179       if (led->next)
8180           led->next->pprev = led->pprev;
8181       if (led->pprev)
8182           *led->pprev = led->next;
8183       VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var)->pop ();
8184     }
8185 }
8186 
8187 /* Insert an active dependency from VAR on X to the vector of
8188    dependencies, and add the corresponding back-link to X's list of
8189    back-links in VARS.  */
8190 
8191 static void
loc_exp_insert_dep(variable * var,rtx x,variable_table_type * vars)8192 loc_exp_insert_dep (variable *var, rtx x, variable_table_type *vars)
8193 {
8194   decl_or_value dv;
8195   variable *xvar;
8196   loc_exp_dep *led;
8197 
8198   dv = dv_from_rtx (x);
8199 
8200   /* ??? Build a vector of variables parallel to EXPANDING, to avoid
8201      an additional look up?  */
8202   xvar = vars->find_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv));
8203 
8204   if (!xvar)
8205     {
8206       xvar = variable_from_dropped (dv, NO_INSERT);
8207       gcc_checking_assert (xvar);
8208     }
8209 
8210   /* No point in adding the same backlink more than once.  This may
8211      arise if say the same value appears in two complex expressions in
8212      the same loc_list, or even more than once in a single
8213      expression.  */
8214   if (VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (xvar) && VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (xvar)->dv == var->dv)
8215     return;
8216 
8217   if (var->onepart == NOT_ONEPART)
8218     led = new loc_exp_dep;
8219   else
8220     {
8221       loc_exp_dep empty;
8222       memset (&empty, 0, sizeof (empty));
8223       VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var)->quick_push (empty);
8224       led = &VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var)->last ();
8225     }
8226   led->dv = var->dv;
8227   led->value = x;
8228 
8229   loc_exp_dep_alloc (xvar, 0);
8230   led->pprev = VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP (xvar);
8231   led->next = *led->pprev;
8232   if (led->next)
8233     led->next->pprev = &led->next;
8234   *led->pprev = led;
8235 }
8236 
8237 /* Create active dependencies of VAR on COUNT values starting at
8238    VALUE, and corresponding back-links to the entries in VARS.  Return
8239    true if we found any pending-recursion results.  */
8240 
8241 static bool
loc_exp_dep_set(variable * var,rtx result,rtx * value,int count,variable_table_type * vars)8242 loc_exp_dep_set (variable *var, rtx result, rtx *value, int count,
8243                      variable_table_type *vars)
8244 {
8245   bool pending_recursion = false;
8246 
8247   gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var) == NULL
8248                            || VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var)->is_empty ());
8249 
8250   /* Set up all dependencies from last_child (as set up at the end of
8251      the loop above) to the end.  */
8252   loc_exp_dep_alloc (var, count);
8253 
8254   while (count--)
8255     {
8256       rtx x = *value++;
8257 
8258       if (!pending_recursion)
8259           pending_recursion = !result && VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x);
8260 
8261       loc_exp_insert_dep (var, x, vars);
8262     }
8263 
8264   return pending_recursion;
8265 }
8266 
8267 /* Notify the back-links of IVAR that are pending recursion that we
8268    have found a non-NIL value for it, so they are cleared for another
8269    attempt to compute a current location.  */
8270 
8271 static void
notify_dependents_of_resolved_value(variable * ivar,variable_table_type * vars)8272 notify_dependents_of_resolved_value (variable *ivar, variable_table_type *vars)
8273 {
8274   loc_exp_dep *led, *next;
8275 
8276   for (led = VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (ivar); led; led = next)
8277     {
8278       decl_or_value dv = led->dv;
8279       variable *var;
8280 
8281       next = led->next;
8282 
8283       if (dv_is_value_p (dv))
8284           {
8285             rtx value = dv_as_value (dv);
8286 
8287             /* If we have already resolved it, leave it alone.  */
8288             if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (value))
8289               continue;
8290 
8291             /* Check that VALUE_RECURSED_INTO, true from the test above,
8292                implies NO_LOC_P.  */
8293             gcc_checking_assert (NO_LOC_P (value));
8294 
8295             /* We won't notify variables that are being expanded,
8296                because their dependency list is cleared before
8297                recursing.  */
8298             NO_LOC_P (value) = false;
8299             VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (value) = false;
8300 
8301             gcc_checking_assert (dv_changed_p (dv));
8302           }
8303       else
8304           {
8305             gcc_checking_assert (dv_onepart_p (dv) != NOT_ONEPART);
8306             if (!dv_changed_p (dv))
8307               continue;
8308       }
8309 
8310       var = vars->find_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv));
8311 
8312       if (!var)
8313           var = variable_from_dropped (dv, NO_INSERT);
8314 
8315       if (var)
8316           notify_dependents_of_resolved_value (var, vars);
8317 
8318       if (next)
8319           next->pprev = led->pprev;
8320       if (led->pprev)
8321           *led->pprev = next;
8322       led->next = NULL;
8323       led->pprev = NULL;
8324     }
8325 }
8326 
8327 static rtx vt_expand_loc_callback (rtx x, bitmap regs,
8328                                            int max_depth, void *data);
8329 
8330 /* Return the combined depth, when one sub-expression evaluated to
8331    BEST_DEPTH and the previous known depth was SAVED_DEPTH.  */
8332 
8333 static inline expand_depth
update_depth(expand_depth saved_depth,expand_depth best_depth)8334 update_depth (expand_depth saved_depth, expand_depth best_depth)
8335 {
8336   /* If we didn't find anything, stick with what we had.  */
8337   if (!best_depth.complexity)
8338     return saved_depth;
8339 
8340   /* If we found hadn't found anything, use the depth of the current
8341      expression.  Do NOT add one extra level, we want to compute the
8342      maximum depth among sub-expressions.  We'll increment it later,
8343      if appropriate.  */
8344   if (!saved_depth.complexity)
8345     return best_depth;
8346 
8347   /* Combine the entryval count so that regardless of which one we
8348      return, the entryval count is accurate.  */
8349   best_depth.entryvals = saved_depth.entryvals
8350     = best_depth.entryvals + saved_depth.entryvals;
8351 
8352   if (saved_depth.complexity < best_depth.complexity)
8353     return best_depth;
8354   else
8355     return saved_depth;
8356 }
8357 
8358 /* Expand VAR to a location RTX, updating its cur_loc.  Use REGS and
8359    DATA for cselib expand callback.  If PENDRECP is given, indicate in
8360    it whether any sub-expression couldn't be fully evaluated because
8361    it is pending recursion resolution.  */
8362 
8363 static inline rtx
vt_expand_var_loc_chain(variable * var,bitmap regs,void * data,bool * pendrecp)8364 vt_expand_var_loc_chain (variable *var, bitmap regs, void *data,
8365                                bool *pendrecp)
8366 {
8367   class expand_loc_callback_data *elcd
8368     = (class expand_loc_callback_data *) data;
8369   location_chain *loc, *next;
8370   rtx result = NULL;
8371   int first_child, result_first_child, last_child;
8372   bool pending_recursion;
8373   rtx loc_from = NULL;
8374   struct elt_loc_list *cloc = NULL;
8375   expand_depth depth = { 0, 0 }, saved_depth = elcd->depth;
8376   int wanted_entryvals, found_entryvals = 0;
8377 
8378   /* Clear all backlinks pointing at this, so that we're not notified
8379      while we're active.  */
8380   loc_exp_dep_clear (var);
8381 
8382  retry:
8383   if (var->onepart == ONEPART_VALUE)
8384     {
8385       cselib_val *val = CSELIB_VAL_PTR (dv_as_value (var->dv));
8386 
8387       gcc_checking_assert (cselib_preserved_value_p (val));
8388 
8389       cloc = val->locs;
8390     }
8391 
8392   first_child = result_first_child = last_child
8393     = elcd->expanding.length ();
8394 
8395   wanted_entryvals = found_entryvals;
8396 
8397   /* Attempt to expand each available location in turn.  */
8398   for (next = loc = var->n_var_parts ? var->var_part[0].loc_chain : NULL;
8399        loc || cloc; loc = next)
8400     {
8401       result_first_child = last_child;
8402 
8403       if (!loc)
8404           {
8405             loc_from = cloc->loc;
8406             next = loc;
8407             cloc = cloc->next;
8408             if (unsuitable_loc (loc_from))
8409               continue;
8410           }
8411       else
8412           {
8413             loc_from = loc->loc;
8414             next = loc->next;
8415           }
8416 
8417       gcc_checking_assert (!unsuitable_loc (loc_from));
8418 
8419       elcd->depth.complexity = elcd->depth.entryvals = 0;
8420       result = cselib_expand_value_rtx_cb (loc_from, regs, EXPR_DEPTH,
8421                                                      vt_expand_loc_callback, data);
8422       last_child = elcd->expanding.length ();
8423 
8424       if (result)
8425           {
8426             depth = elcd->depth;
8427 
8428             gcc_checking_assert (depth.complexity
8429                                      || result_first_child == last_child);
8430 
8431             if (last_child - result_first_child != 1)
8432               {
8433                 if (!depth.complexity && GET_CODE (result) == ENTRY_VALUE)
8434                     depth.entryvals++;
8435                 depth.complexity++;
8436               }
8437 
8438             if (depth.complexity <= EXPR_USE_DEPTH)
8439               {
8440                 if (depth.entryvals <= wanted_entryvals)
8441                     break;
8442                 else if (!found_entryvals || depth.entryvals < found_entryvals)
8443                     found_entryvals = depth.entryvals;
8444               }
8445 
8446             result = NULL;
8447           }
8448 
8449       /* Set it up in case we leave the loop.  */
8450       depth.complexity = depth.entryvals = 0;
8451       loc_from = NULL;
8452       result_first_child = first_child;
8453     }
8454 
8455   if (!loc_from && wanted_entryvals < found_entryvals)
8456     {
8457       /* We found entries with ENTRY_VALUEs and skipped them.  Since
8458            we could not find any expansions without ENTRY_VALUEs, but we
8459            found at least one with them, go back and get an entry with
8460            the minimum number ENTRY_VALUE count that we found.  We could
8461            avoid looping, but since each sub-loc is already resolved,
8462            the re-expansion should be trivial.  ??? Should we record all
8463            attempted locs as dependencies, so that we retry the
8464            expansion should any of them change, in the hope it can give
8465            us a new entry without an ENTRY_VALUE?  */
8466       elcd->expanding.truncate (first_child);
8467       goto retry;
8468     }
8469 
8470   /* Register all encountered dependencies as active.  */
8471   pending_recursion = loc_exp_dep_set
8472     (var, result, elcd->expanding.address () + result_first_child,
8473      last_child - result_first_child, elcd->vars);
8474 
8475   elcd->expanding.truncate (first_child);
8476 
8477   /* Record where the expansion came from.  */
8478   gcc_checking_assert (!result || !pending_recursion);
8479   VAR_LOC_FROM (var) = loc_from;
8480   VAR_LOC_DEPTH (var) = depth;
8481 
8482   gcc_checking_assert (!depth.complexity == !result);
8483 
8484   elcd->depth = update_depth (saved_depth, depth);
8485 
8486   /* Indicate whether any of the dependencies are pending recursion
8487      resolution.  */
8488   if (pendrecp)
8489     *pendrecp = pending_recursion;
8490 
8491   if (!pendrecp || !pending_recursion)
8492     var->var_part[0].cur_loc = result;
8493 
8494   return result;
8495 }
8496 
8497 /* Callback for cselib_expand_value, that looks for expressions
8498    holding the value in the var-tracking hash tables.  Return X for
8499    standard processing, anything else is to be used as-is.  */
8500 
8501 static rtx
vt_expand_loc_callback(rtx x,bitmap regs,int max_depth ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,void * data)8502 vt_expand_loc_callback (rtx x, bitmap regs,
8503                               int max_depth ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8504                               void *data)
8505 {
8506   class expand_loc_callback_data *elcd
8507     = (class expand_loc_callback_data *) data;
8508   decl_or_value dv;
8509   variable *var;
8510   rtx result, subreg;
8511   bool pending_recursion = false;
8512   bool from_empty = false;
8513 
8514   switch (GET_CODE (x))
8515     {
8516     case SUBREG:
8517       subreg = cselib_expand_value_rtx_cb (SUBREG_REG (x), regs,
8518                                                      EXPR_DEPTH,
8519                                                      vt_expand_loc_callback, data);
8520 
8521       if (!subreg)
8522           return NULL;
8523 
8524       result = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (x), subreg,
8525                                             GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
8526                                             SUBREG_BYTE (x));
8527 
8528       /* Invalid SUBREGs are ok in debug info.  ??? We could try
8529            alternate expansions for the VALUE as well.  */
8530       if (!result && GET_MODE (subreg) != VOIDmode)
8531           result = gen_rtx_raw_SUBREG (GET_MODE (x), subreg, SUBREG_BYTE (x));
8532 
8533       return result;
8534 
8535     case DEBUG_EXPR:
8536     case VALUE:
8537       dv = dv_from_rtx (x);
8538       break;
8539 
8540     default:
8541       return x;
8542     }
8543 
8544   elcd->expanding.safe_push (x);
8545 
8546   /* Check that VALUE_RECURSED_INTO implies NO_LOC_P.  */
8547   gcc_checking_assert (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x) || NO_LOC_P (x));
8548 
8549   if (NO_LOC_P (x))
8550     {
8551       gcc_checking_assert (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x) || !dv_changed_p (dv));
8552       return NULL;
8553     }
8554 
8555   var = elcd->vars->find_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv));
8556 
8557   if (!var)
8558     {
8559       from_empty = true;
8560       var = variable_from_dropped (dv, INSERT);
8561     }
8562 
8563   gcc_checking_assert (var);
8564 
8565   if (!dv_changed_p (dv))
8566     {
8567       gcc_checking_assert (!NO_LOC_P (x));
8568       gcc_checking_assert (var->var_part[0].cur_loc);
8569       gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var));
8570       gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->depth.complexity);
8571 
8572       elcd->depth = update_depth (elcd->depth, VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->depth);
8573 
8574       return var->var_part[0].cur_loc;
8575     }
8576 
8577   VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x) = true;
8578   /* This is tentative, but it makes some tests simpler.  */
8579   NO_LOC_P (x) = true;
8580 
8581   gcc_checking_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1 || from_empty);
8582 
8583   result = vt_expand_var_loc_chain (var, regs, data, &pending_recursion);
8584 
8585   if (pending_recursion)
8586     {
8587       gcc_checking_assert (!result);
8588       elcd->pending.safe_push (x);
8589     }
8590   else
8591     {
8592       NO_LOC_P (x) = !result;
8593       VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x) = false;
8594       set_dv_changed (dv, false);
8595 
8596       if (result)
8597           notify_dependents_of_resolved_value (var, elcd->vars);
8598     }
8599 
8600   return result;
8601 }
8602 
8603 /* While expanding variables, we may encounter recursion cycles
8604    because of mutual (possibly indirect) dependencies between two
8605    particular variables (or values), say A and B.  If we're trying to
8606    expand A when we get to B, which in turn attempts to expand A, if
8607    we can't find any other expansion for B, we'll add B to this
8608    pending-recursion stack, and tentatively return NULL for its
8609    location.  This tentative value will be used for any other
8610    occurrences of B, unless A gets some other location, in which case
8611    it will notify B that it is worth another try at computing a
8612    location for it, and it will use the location computed for A then.
8613    At the end of the expansion, the tentative NULL locations become
8614    final for all members of PENDING that didn't get a notification.
8615    This function performs this finalization of NULL locations.  */
8616 
8617 static void
resolve_expansions_pending_recursion(vec<rtx,va_heap> * pending)8618 resolve_expansions_pending_recursion (vec<rtx, va_heap> *pending)
8619 {
8620   while (!pending->is_empty ())
8621     {
8622       rtx x = pending->pop ();
8623       decl_or_value dv;
8624 
8625       if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x))
8626           continue;
8627 
8628       gcc_checking_assert (NO_LOC_P (x));
8629       VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x) = false;
8630       dv = dv_from_rtx (x);
8631       gcc_checking_assert (dv_changed_p (dv));
8632       set_dv_changed (dv, false);
8633     }
8634 }
8635 
8636 /* Initialize expand_loc_callback_data D with variable hash table V.
8637    It must be a macro because of alloca (vec stack).  */
8638 #define INIT_ELCD(d, v)                                                         \
8639   do                                                                            \
8640     {                                                                           \
8641       (d).vars = (v);                                                           \
8642       (d).depth.complexity = (d).depth.entryvals = 0;                 \
8643     }                                                                           \
8644   while (0)
8645 /* Finalize expand_loc_callback_data D, resolved to location L.  */
8646 #define FINI_ELCD(d, l)                                                         \
8647   do                                                                            \
8648     {                                                                           \
8649       resolve_expansions_pending_recursion (&(d).pending);  \
8650       (d).pending.release ();                                         \
8651       (d).expanding.release ();                                                 \
8652                                                                                 \
8653       if ((l) && MEM_P (l))                                           \
8654           (l) = targetm.delegitimize_address (l);                     \
8655     }                                                                           \
8656   while (0)
8657 
8658 /* Expand VALUEs and DEBUG_EXPRs in LOC to a location, using the
8659    equivalences in VARS, updating their CUR_LOCs in the process.  */
8660 
8661 static rtx
vt_expand_loc(rtx loc,variable_table_type * vars)8662 vt_expand_loc (rtx loc, variable_table_type *vars)
8663 {
8664   class expand_loc_callback_data data;
8665   rtx result;
8666 
8667   if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
8668     return loc;
8669 
8670   INIT_ELCD (data, vars);
8671 
8672   result = cselib_expand_value_rtx_cb (loc, scratch_regs, EXPR_DEPTH,
8673                                                vt_expand_loc_callback, &data);
8674 
8675   FINI_ELCD (data, result);
8676 
8677   return result;
8678 }
8679 
8680 /* Expand the one-part VARiable to a location, using the equivalences
8681    in VARS, updating their CUR_LOCs in the process.  */
8682 
8683 static rtx
vt_expand_1pvar(variable * var,variable_table_type * vars)8684 vt_expand_1pvar (variable *var, variable_table_type *vars)
8685 {
8686   class expand_loc_callback_data data;
8687   rtx loc;
8688 
8689   gcc_checking_assert (var->onepart && var->n_var_parts == 1);
8690 
8691   if (!dv_changed_p (var->dv))
8692     return var->var_part[0].cur_loc;
8693 
8694   INIT_ELCD (data, vars);
8695 
8696   loc = vt_expand_var_loc_chain (var, scratch_regs, &data, NULL);
8697 
8698   gcc_checking_assert (data.expanding.is_empty ());
8699 
8700   FINI_ELCD (data, loc);
8701 
8702   return loc;
8703 }
8704 
8705 /* Emit the NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for variable *VARP.  DATA contains
8706    additional parameters: WHERE specifies whether the note shall be emitted
8707    before or after instruction INSN.  */
8708 
8709 int
emit_note_insn_var_location(variable ** varp,emit_note_data * data)8710 emit_note_insn_var_location (variable **varp, emit_note_data *data)
8711 {
8712   variable *var = *varp;
8713   rtx_insn *insn = data->insn;
8714   enum emit_note_where where = data->where;
8715   variable_table_type *vars = data->vars;
8716   rtx_note *note;
8717   rtx note_vl;
8718   int i, j, n_var_parts;
8719   bool complete;
8720   enum var_init_status initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED;
8721   HOST_WIDE_INT last_limit;
8722   HOST_WIDE_INT offsets[MAX_VAR_PARTS];
8723   rtx loc[MAX_VAR_PARTS];
8724   tree decl;
8725   location_chain *lc;
8726 
8727   gcc_checking_assert (var->onepart == NOT_ONEPART
8728                            || var->onepart == ONEPART_VDECL);
8729 
8730   decl = dv_as_decl (var->dv);
8731 
8732   complete = true;
8733   last_limit = 0;
8734   n_var_parts = 0;
8735   if (!var->onepart)
8736     for (i = 0; i < var->n_var_parts; i++)
8737       if (var->var_part[i].cur_loc == NULL && var->var_part[i].loc_chain)
8738           var->var_part[i].cur_loc = var->var_part[i].loc_chain->loc;
8739   for (i = 0; i < var->n_var_parts; i++)
8740     {
8741       machine_mode mode, wider_mode;
8742       rtx loc2;
8743       HOST_WIDE_INT offset, size, wider_size;
8744 
8745       if (i == 0 && var->onepart)
8746           {
8747             gcc_checking_assert (var->n_var_parts == 1);
8748             offset = 0;
8749             initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
8750             loc2 = vt_expand_1pvar (var, vars);
8751           }
8752       else
8753           {
8754             if (last_limit < VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, i))
8755               {
8756                 complete = false;
8757                 break;
8758               }
8759             else if (last_limit > VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, i))
8760               continue;
8761             offset = VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, i);
8762             loc2 = var->var_part[i].cur_loc;
8763             if (loc2 && GET_CODE (loc2) == MEM
8764                 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc2, 0)) == VALUE)
8765               {
8766                 rtx depval = XEXP (loc2, 0);
8767 
8768                 loc2 = vt_expand_loc (loc2, vars);
8769 
8770                 if (loc2)
8771                     loc_exp_insert_dep (var, depval, vars);
8772               }
8773             if (!loc2)
8774               {
8775                 complete = false;
8776                 continue;
8777               }
8778             gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc2) != VALUE);
8779             for (lc = var->var_part[i].loc_chain; lc; lc = lc->next)
8780               if (var->var_part[i].cur_loc == lc->loc)
8781                 {
8782                     initialized = lc->init;
8783                     break;
8784                 }
8785             gcc_assert (lc);
8786           }
8787 
8788       offsets[n_var_parts] = offset;
8789       if (!loc2)
8790           {
8791             complete = false;
8792             continue;
8793           }
8794       loc[n_var_parts] = loc2;
8795       mode = GET_MODE (var->var_part[i].cur_loc);
8796       if (mode == VOIDmode && var->onepart)
8797           mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
8798       /* We ony track subparts of constant-sized objects, since at present
8799            there's no representation for polynomial pieces.  */
8800       if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode).is_constant (&size))
8801           {
8802             complete = false;
8803             continue;
8804           }
8805       last_limit = offsets[n_var_parts] + size;
8806 
8807       /* Attempt to merge adjacent registers or memory.  */
8808       for (j = i + 1; j < var->n_var_parts; j++)
8809           if (last_limit <= VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, j))
8810             break;
8811       if (j < var->n_var_parts
8812             && GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode).exists (&wider_mode)
8813             && GET_MODE_SIZE (wider_mode).is_constant (&wider_size)
8814             && var->var_part[j].cur_loc
8815             && mode == GET_MODE (var->var_part[j].cur_loc)
8816             && (REG_P (loc[n_var_parts]) || MEM_P (loc[n_var_parts]))
8817             && last_limit == (var->onepart ? 0 : VAR_PART_OFFSET (var, j))
8818             && (loc2 = vt_expand_loc (var->var_part[j].cur_loc, vars))
8819             && GET_CODE (loc[n_var_parts]) == GET_CODE (loc2))
8820           {
8821             rtx new_loc = NULL;
8822             poly_int64 offset2;
8823 
8824             if (REG_P (loc[n_var_parts])
8825                 && hard_regno_nregs (REGNO (loc[n_var_parts]), mode) * 2
8826                      == hard_regno_nregs (REGNO (loc[n_var_parts]), wider_mode)
8827                 && end_hard_regno (mode, REGNO (loc[n_var_parts]))
8828                      == REGNO (loc2))
8829               {
8830                 if (! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && ! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
8831                     new_loc = simplify_subreg (wider_mode, loc[n_var_parts],
8832                                                      mode, 0);
8833                 else if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
8834                     new_loc = simplify_subreg (wider_mode, loc2, mode, 0);
8835                 if (new_loc)
8836                     {
8837                       if (!REG_P (new_loc)
8838                           || REGNO (new_loc) != REGNO (loc[n_var_parts]))
8839                         new_loc = NULL;
8840                       else
8841                         REG_ATTRS (new_loc) = REG_ATTRS (loc[n_var_parts]);
8842                     }
8843               }
8844             else if (MEM_P (loc[n_var_parts])
8845                        && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc2, 0)) == PLUS
8846                        && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (loc2, 0), 0))
8847                        && poly_int_rtx_p (XEXP (XEXP (loc2, 0), 1), &offset2))
8848               {
8849                 poly_int64 end1 = size;
8850                 rtx base1 = strip_offset_and_add (XEXP (loc[n_var_parts], 0),
8851                                                             &end1);
8852                 if (rtx_equal_p (base1, XEXP (XEXP (loc2, 0), 0))
8853                       && known_eq (end1, offset2))
8854                     new_loc = adjust_address_nv (loc[n_var_parts],
8855                                                        wider_mode, 0);
8856               }
8857 
8858             if (new_loc)
8859               {
8860                 loc[n_var_parts] = new_loc;
8861                 mode = wider_mode;
8862                 last_limit = offsets[n_var_parts] + wider_size;
8863                 i = j;
8864               }
8865           }
8866       ++n_var_parts;
8867     }
8868   poly_uint64 type_size_unit
8869     = tree_to_poly_uint64 (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
8870   if (maybe_lt (poly_uint64 (last_limit), type_size_unit))
8871     complete = false;
8872 
8873   if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit)
8874     initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
8875 
8876   note_vl = NULL_RTX;
8877   if (!complete)
8878     note_vl = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (VOIDmode, decl, NULL_RTX, initialized);
8879   else if (n_var_parts == 1)
8880     {
8881       rtx expr_list;
8882 
8883       if (offsets[0] || GET_CODE (loc[0]) == PARALLEL)
8884           expr_list = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, loc[0], GEN_INT (offsets[0]));
8885       else
8886           expr_list = loc[0];
8887 
8888       note_vl = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (VOIDmode, decl, expr_list, initialized);
8889     }
8890   else if (n_var_parts)
8891     {
8892       rtx parallel;
8893 
8894       for (i = 0; i < n_var_parts; i++)
8895           loc[i]
8896             = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, loc[i], GEN_INT (offsets[i]));
8897 
8898       parallel = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode,
8899                                            gen_rtvec_v (n_var_parts, loc));
8900       note_vl = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (VOIDmode, decl,
8901                                               parallel, initialized);
8902     }
8903 
8904   if (where != EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN)
8905     {
8906       note = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, insn);
8907       if (where == EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_CALL_INSN)
8908           NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (note) = true;
8909     }
8910   else
8911     {
8912       /* Make sure that the call related notes come first.  */
8913       while (NEXT_INSN (insn)
8914                && NOTE_P (insn)
8915                && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
8916                && NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (insn))
8917           insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
8918       if (NOTE_P (insn)
8919             && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
8920             && NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (insn))
8921           note = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, insn);
8922       else
8923           note = emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, insn);
8924     }
8925   NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (note) = note_vl;
8926 
8927   set_dv_changed (var->dv, false);
8928   gcc_assert (var->in_changed_variables);
8929   var->in_changed_variables = false;
8930   changed_variables->clear_slot (varp);
8931 
8932   /* Continue traversing the hash table.  */
8933   return 1;
8934 }
8935 
8936 /* While traversing changed_variables, push onto DATA (a stack of RTX
8937    values) entries that aren't user variables.  */
8938 
8939 int
var_track_values_to_stack(variable ** slot,vec<rtx,va_heap> * changed_values_stack)8940 var_track_values_to_stack (variable **slot,
8941                                  vec<rtx, va_heap> *changed_values_stack)
8942 {
8943   variable *var = *slot;
8944 
8945   if (var->onepart == ONEPART_VALUE)
8946     changed_values_stack->safe_push (dv_as_value (var->dv));
8947   else if (var->onepart == ONEPART_DEXPR)
8948     changed_values_stack->safe_push (DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (dv_as_decl (var->dv)));
8949 
8950   return 1;
8951 }
8952 
8953 /* Remove from changed_variables the entry whose DV corresponds to
8954    value or debug_expr VAL.  */
8955 static void
remove_value_from_changed_variables(rtx val)8956 remove_value_from_changed_variables (rtx val)
8957 {
8958   decl_or_value dv = dv_from_rtx (val);
8959   variable **slot;
8960   variable *var;
8961 
8962   slot = changed_variables->find_slot_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv),
8963                                                             NO_INSERT);
8964   var = *slot;
8965   var->in_changed_variables = false;
8966   changed_variables->clear_slot (slot);
8967 }
8968 
8969 /* If VAL (a value or debug_expr) has backlinks to variables actively
8970    dependent on it in HTAB or in CHANGED_VARIABLES, mark them as
8971    changed, adding to CHANGED_VALUES_STACK any dependencies that may
8972    have dependencies of their own to notify.  */
8973 
8974 static void
notify_dependents_of_changed_value(rtx val,variable_table_type * htab,vec<rtx,va_heap> * changed_values_stack)8975 notify_dependents_of_changed_value (rtx val, variable_table_type *htab,
8976                                             vec<rtx, va_heap> *changed_values_stack)
8977 {
8978   variable **slot;
8979   variable *var;
8980   loc_exp_dep *led;
8981   decl_or_value dv = dv_from_rtx (val);
8982 
8983   slot = changed_variables->find_slot_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv),
8984                                                             NO_INSERT);
8985   if (!slot)
8986     slot = htab->find_slot_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv), NO_INSERT);
8987   if (!slot)
8988     slot = dropped_values->find_slot_with_hash (dv, dv_htab_hash (dv),
8989                                                             NO_INSERT);
8990   var = *slot;
8991 
8992   while ((led = VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var)))
8993     {
8994       decl_or_value ldv = led->dv;
8995       variable *ivar;
8996 
8997       /* Deactivate and remove the backlink, as it was “used up”.  It
8998            makes no sense to attempt to notify the same entity again:
8999            either it will be recomputed and re-register an active
9000            dependency, or it will still have the changed mark.  */
9001       if (led->next)
9002           led->next->pprev = led->pprev;
9003       if (led->pprev)
9004           *led->pprev = led->next;
9005       led->next = NULL;
9006       led->pprev = NULL;
9007 
9008       if (dv_changed_p (ldv))
9009           continue;
9010 
9011       switch (dv_onepart_p (ldv))
9012           {
9013           case ONEPART_VALUE:
9014           case ONEPART_DEXPR:
9015             set_dv_changed (ldv, true);
9016             changed_values_stack->safe_push (dv_as_rtx (ldv));
9017             break;
9018 
9019           case ONEPART_VDECL:
9020             ivar = htab->find_with_hash (ldv, dv_htab_hash (ldv));
9021             gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (ivar));
9022             variable_was_changed (ivar, NULL);
9023             break;
9024 
9025           case NOT_ONEPART:
9026             delete led;
9027             ivar = htab->find_with_hash (ldv, dv_htab_hash (ldv));
9028             if (ivar)
9029               {
9030                 int i = ivar->n_var_parts;
9031                 while (i--)
9032                     {
9033                       rtx loc = ivar->var_part[i].cur_loc;
9034 
9035                       if (loc && GET_CODE (loc) == MEM
9036                           && XEXP (loc, 0) == val)
9037                         {
9038                           variable_was_changed (ivar, NULL);
9039                           break;
9040                         }
9041                     }
9042               }
9043             break;
9044 
9045           default:
9046             gcc_unreachable ();
9047           }
9048     }
9049 }
9050 
9051 /* Take out of changed_variables any entries that don't refer to use
9052    variables.  Back-propagate change notifications from values and
9053    debug_exprs to their active dependencies in HTAB or in
9054    CHANGED_VARIABLES.  */
9055 
9056 static void
process_changed_values(variable_table_type * htab)9057 process_changed_values (variable_table_type *htab)
9058 {
9059   int i, n;
9060   rtx val;
9061   auto_vec<rtx, 20> changed_values_stack;
9062 
9063   /* Move values from changed_variables to changed_values_stack.  */
9064   changed_variables
9065     ->traverse <vec<rtx, va_heap>*, var_track_values_to_stack>
9066       (&changed_values_stack);
9067 
9068   /* Back-propagate change notifications in values while popping
9069      them from the stack.  */
9070   for (n = i = changed_values_stack.length ();
9071        i > 0; i = changed_values_stack.length ())
9072     {
9073       val = changed_values_stack.pop ();
9074       notify_dependents_of_changed_value (val, htab, &changed_values_stack);
9075 
9076       /* This condition will hold when visiting each of the entries
9077            originally in changed_variables.  We can't remove them
9078            earlier because this could drop the backlinks before we got a
9079            chance to use them.  */
9080       if (i == n)
9081           {
9082             remove_value_from_changed_variables (val);
9083             n--;
9084           }
9085     }
9086 }
9087 
9088 /* Emit NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION note for each variable from a chain
9089    CHANGED_VARIABLES and delete this chain.  WHERE specifies whether
9090    the notes shall be emitted before of after instruction INSN.  */
9091 
9092 static void
emit_notes_for_changes(rtx_insn * insn,enum emit_note_where where,shared_hash * vars)9093 emit_notes_for_changes (rtx_insn *insn, enum emit_note_where where,
9094                               shared_hash *vars)
9095 {
9096   emit_note_data data;
9097   variable_table_type *htab = shared_hash_htab (vars);
9098 
9099   if (changed_variables->is_empty ())
9100     return;
9101 
9102   if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
9103     process_changed_values (htab);
9104 
9105   data.insn = insn;
9106   data.where = where;
9107   data.vars = htab;
9108 
9109   changed_variables
9110     ->traverse <emit_note_data*, emit_note_insn_var_location> (&data);
9111 }
9112 
9113 /* Add variable *SLOT to the chain CHANGED_VARIABLES if it differs from the
9114    same variable in hash table DATA or is not there at all.  */
9115 
9116 int
emit_notes_for_differences_1(variable ** slot,variable_table_type * new_vars)9117 emit_notes_for_differences_1 (variable **slot, variable_table_type *new_vars)
9118 {
9119   variable *old_var, *new_var;
9120 
9121   old_var = *slot;
9122   new_var = new_vars->find_with_hash (old_var->dv, dv_htab_hash (old_var->dv));
9123 
9124   if (!new_var)
9125     {
9126       /* Variable has disappeared.  */
9127       variable *empty_var = NULL;
9128 
9129       if (old_var->onepart == ONEPART_VALUE
9130             || old_var->onepart == ONEPART_DEXPR)
9131           {
9132             empty_var = variable_from_dropped (old_var->dv, NO_INSERT);
9133             if (empty_var)
9134               {
9135                 gcc_checking_assert (!empty_var->in_changed_variables);
9136                 if (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var))
9137                     {
9138                       VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var);
9139                       VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var) = NULL;
9140                     }
9141                 else
9142                     gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var));
9143               }
9144           }
9145 
9146       if (!empty_var)
9147           {
9148             empty_var = onepart_pool_allocate (old_var->onepart);
9149             empty_var->dv = old_var->dv;
9150             empty_var->refcount = 0;
9151             empty_var->n_var_parts = 0;
9152             empty_var->onepart = old_var->onepart;
9153             empty_var->in_changed_variables = false;
9154           }
9155 
9156       if (empty_var->onepart)
9157           {
9158             /* Propagate the auxiliary data to (ultimately)
9159                changed_variables.  */
9160             empty_var->var_part[0].loc_chain = NULL;
9161             empty_var->var_part[0].cur_loc = NULL;
9162             VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var);
9163             VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var) = NULL;
9164           }
9165       variable_was_changed (empty_var, NULL);
9166       /* Continue traversing the hash table.  */
9167       return 1;
9168     }
9169   /* Update cur_loc and one-part auxiliary data, before new_var goes
9170      through variable_was_changed.  */
9171   if (old_var != new_var && new_var->onepart)
9172     {
9173       gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (new_var) == NULL);
9174       VAR_LOC_1PAUX (new_var) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var);
9175       VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var) = NULL;
9176       new_var->var_part[0].cur_loc = old_var->var_part[0].cur_loc;
9177     }
9178   if (variable_different_p (old_var, new_var))
9179     variable_was_changed (new_var, NULL);
9180 
9181   /* Continue traversing the hash table.  */
9182   return 1;
9183 }
9184 
9185 /* Add variable *SLOT to the chain CHANGED_VARIABLES if it is not in hash
9186    table DATA.  */
9187 
9188 int
emit_notes_for_differences_2(variable ** slot,variable_table_type * old_vars)9189 emit_notes_for_differences_2 (variable **slot, variable_table_type *old_vars)
9190 {
9191   variable *old_var, *new_var;
9192 
9193   new_var = *slot;
9194   old_var = old_vars->find_with_hash (new_var->dv, dv_htab_hash (new_var->dv));
9195   if (!old_var)
9196     {
9197       int i;
9198       for (i = 0; i < new_var->n_var_parts; i++)
9199           new_var->var_part[i].cur_loc = NULL;
9200       variable_was_changed (new_var, NULL);
9201     }
9202 
9203   /* Continue traversing the hash table.  */
9204   return 1;
9205 }
9206 
9207 /* Emit notes before INSN for differences between dataflow sets OLD_SET and
9208    NEW_SET.  */
9209 
9210 static void
emit_notes_for_differences(rtx_insn * insn,dataflow_set * old_set,dataflow_set * new_set)9211 emit_notes_for_differences (rtx_insn *insn, dataflow_set *old_set,
9212                                   dataflow_set *new_set)
9213 {
9214   shared_hash_htab (old_set->vars)
9215     ->traverse <variable_table_type *, emit_notes_for_differences_1>
9216       (shared_hash_htab (new_set->vars));
9217   shared_hash_htab (new_set->vars)
9218     ->traverse <variable_table_type *, emit_notes_for_differences_2>
9219       (shared_hash_htab (old_set->vars));
9220   emit_notes_for_changes (insn, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN, new_set->vars);
9221 }
9222 
9223 /* Return the next insn after INSN that is not a NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION.  */
9224 
9225 static rtx_insn *
next_non_note_insn_var_location(rtx_insn * insn)9226 next_non_note_insn_var_location (rtx_insn *insn)
9227 {
9228   while (insn)
9229     {
9230       insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
9231       if (insn == 0
9232             || !NOTE_P (insn)
9233             || NOTE_KIND (insn) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
9234           break;
9235     }
9236 
9237   return insn;
9238 }
9239 
9240 /* Emit the notes for changes of location parts in the basic block BB.  */
9241 
9242 static void
emit_notes_in_bb(basic_block bb,dataflow_set * set)9243 emit_notes_in_bb (basic_block bb, dataflow_set *set)
9244 {
9245   unsigned int i;
9246   micro_operation *mo;
9247 
9248   dataflow_set_clear (set);
9249   dataflow_set_copy (set, &VTI (bb)->in);
9250 
9251   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (VTI (bb)->mos, i, mo)
9252     {
9253       rtx_insn *insn = mo->insn;
9254       rtx_insn *next_insn = next_non_note_insn_var_location (insn);
9255 
9256       switch (mo->type)
9257           {
9258             case MO_CALL:
9259               dataflow_set_clear_at_call (set, insn);
9260               emit_notes_for_changes (insn, EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_CALL_INSN, set->vars);
9261               {
9262                 rtx arguments = mo->u.loc, *p = &arguments;
9263                 while (*p)
9264                     {
9265                       XEXP (XEXP (*p, 0), 1)
9266                         = vt_expand_loc (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 0), 1),
9267                                              shared_hash_htab (set->vars));
9268                       /* If expansion is successful, keep it in the list.  */
9269                       if (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 0), 1))
9270                         {
9271                           XEXP (XEXP (*p, 0), 1)
9272                               = copy_rtx_if_shared (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 0), 1));
9273                           p = &XEXP (*p, 1);
9274                         }
9275                       /* Otherwise, if the following item is data_value for it,
9276                          drop it too too.  */
9277                       else if (XEXP (*p, 1)
9278                                  && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 0), 0))
9279                                  && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 1), 0), 0))
9280                                  && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 1), 0), 0),
9281                                                      0))
9282                                  && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 0), 0))
9283                                     == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 1), 0),
9284                                                                 0), 0)))
9285                         *p = XEXP (XEXP (*p, 1), 1);
9286                       /* Just drop this item.  */
9287                       else
9288                         *p = XEXP (*p, 1);
9289                     }
9290                 add_reg_note (insn, REG_CALL_ARG_LOCATION, arguments);
9291               }
9292               break;
9293 
9294             case MO_USE:
9295               {
9296                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
9297 
9298                 if (REG_P (loc))
9299                     var_reg_set (set, loc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED, NULL);
9300                 else
9301                     var_mem_set (set, loc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED, NULL);
9302 
9303                 emit_notes_for_changes (insn, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN, set->vars);
9304               }
9305               break;
9306 
9307             case MO_VAL_LOC:
9308               {
9309                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
9310                 rtx val, vloc;
9311                 tree var;
9312 
9313                 if (GET_CODE (loc) == CONCAT)
9314                     {
9315                       val = XEXP (loc, 0);
9316                       vloc = XEXP (loc, 1);
9317                     }
9318                 else
9319                     {
9320                       val = NULL_RTX;
9321                       vloc = loc;
9322                     }
9323 
9324                 var = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (vloc);
9325 
9326                 clobber_variable_part (set, NULL_RTX,
9327                                              dv_from_decl (var), 0, NULL_RTX);
9328                 if (val)
9329                     {
9330                       if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc))
9331                         val_resolve (set, val, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc), insn);
9332                       set_variable_part (set, val, dv_from_decl (var), 0,
9333                                              VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL_RTX,
9334                                              INSERT);
9335                     }
9336                 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc)))
9337                     set_variable_part (set, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc),
9338                                            dv_from_decl (var), 0,
9339                                            VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL_RTX,
9340                                            INSERT);
9341 
9342                 emit_notes_for_changes (insn, EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_INSN, set->vars);
9343               }
9344               break;
9345 
9346             case MO_VAL_USE:
9347               {
9348                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
9349                 rtx val, vloc, uloc;
9350 
9351                 vloc = uloc = XEXP (loc, 1);
9352                 val = XEXP (loc, 0);
9353 
9354                 if (GET_CODE (val) == CONCAT)
9355                     {
9356                       uloc = XEXP (val, 1);
9357                       val = XEXP (val, 0);
9358                     }
9359 
9360                 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc))
9361                     val_resolve (set, val, vloc, insn);
9362                 else
9363                     val_store (set, val, uloc, insn, false);
9364 
9365                 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc))
9366                     {
9367                       if (GET_CODE (uloc) == REG)
9368                         var_reg_set (set, uloc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED,
9369                                          NULL);
9370                       else if (GET_CODE (uloc) == MEM)
9371                         var_mem_set (set, uloc, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED,
9372                                          NULL);
9373                     }
9374 
9375                 emit_notes_for_changes (insn, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN, set->vars);
9376               }
9377               break;
9378 
9379             case MO_VAL_SET:
9380               {
9381                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
9382                 rtx val, vloc, uloc;
9383                 rtx dstv, srcv;
9384 
9385                 vloc = loc;
9386                 uloc = XEXP (vloc, 1);
9387                 val = XEXP (vloc, 0);
9388                 vloc = uloc;
9389 
9390                 if (GET_CODE (uloc) == SET)
9391                     {
9392                       dstv = SET_DEST (uloc);
9393                       srcv = SET_SRC (uloc);
9394                     }
9395                 else
9396                     {
9397                       dstv = uloc;
9398                       srcv = NULL;
9399                     }
9400 
9401                 if (GET_CODE (val) == CONCAT)
9402                     {
9403                       dstv = vloc = XEXP (val, 1);
9404                       val = XEXP (val, 0);
9405                     }
9406 
9407                 if (GET_CODE (vloc) == SET)
9408                     {
9409                       srcv = SET_SRC (vloc);
9410 
9411                       gcc_assert (val != srcv);
9412                       gcc_assert (vloc == uloc || VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc));
9413 
9414                       dstv = vloc = SET_DEST (vloc);
9415 
9416                       if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc))
9417                         val_resolve (set, val, srcv, insn);
9418                     }
9419                 else if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc))
9420                     {
9421                       gcc_assert (GET_CODE (uloc) == SET
9422                                     && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (uloc)) == REG);
9423                       val_resolve (set, val, SET_SRC (uloc), insn);
9424                     }
9425 
9426                 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc))
9427                     {
9428                       if (VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED (loc))
9429                         {
9430                           if (REG_P (uloc))
9431                               var_reg_delete (set, uloc, true);
9432                           else if (MEM_P (uloc))
9433                               {
9434                                 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv));
9435                                 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv) == MEM_ATTRS (uloc));
9436                                 var_mem_delete (set, dstv, true);
9437                               }
9438                         }
9439                       else
9440                         {
9441                           bool copied_p = VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED (loc);
9442                           rtx src = NULL, dst = uloc;
9443                           enum var_init_status status = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
9444 
9445                           if (GET_CODE (uloc) == SET)
9446                               {
9447                                 src = SET_SRC (uloc);
9448                                 dst = SET_DEST (uloc);
9449                               }
9450 
9451                           if (copied_p)
9452                               {
9453                                 status = find_src_status (set, src);
9454 
9455                                 src = find_src_set_src (set, src);
9456                               }
9457 
9458                           if (REG_P (dst))
9459                               var_reg_delete_and_set (set, dst, !copied_p,
9460                                                             status, srcv);
9461                           else if (MEM_P (dst))
9462                               {
9463                                 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv));
9464                                 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv) == MEM_ATTRS (dst));
9465                                 var_mem_delete_and_set (set, dstv, !copied_p,
9466                                                               status, srcv);
9467                               }
9468                         }
9469                     }
9470                 else if (REG_P (uloc))
9471                     var_regno_delete (set, REGNO (uloc));
9472                 else if (MEM_P (uloc))
9473                     {
9474                       gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (vloc) == MEM);
9475                       gcc_checking_assert (vloc == dstv);
9476                       if (vloc != dstv)
9477                         clobber_overlapping_mems (set, vloc);
9478                     }
9479 
9480                 val_store (set, val, dstv, insn, true);
9481 
9482                 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN,
9483                                               set->vars);
9484               }
9485               break;
9486 
9487             case MO_SET:
9488               {
9489                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
9490                 rtx set_src = NULL;
9491 
9492                 if (GET_CODE (loc) == SET)
9493                     {
9494                       set_src = SET_SRC (loc);
9495                       loc = SET_DEST (loc);
9496                     }
9497 
9498                 if (REG_P (loc))
9499                     var_reg_delete_and_set (set, loc, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED,
9500                                                   set_src);
9501                 else
9502                     var_mem_delete_and_set (set, loc, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED,
9503                                                   set_src);
9504 
9505                 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN,
9506                                               set->vars);
9507               }
9508               break;
9509 
9510             case MO_COPY:
9511               {
9512                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
9513                 enum var_init_status src_status;
9514                 rtx set_src = NULL;
9515 
9516                 if (GET_CODE (loc) == SET)
9517                     {
9518                       set_src = SET_SRC (loc);
9519                       loc = SET_DEST (loc);
9520                     }
9521 
9522                 src_status = find_src_status (set, set_src);
9523                 set_src = find_src_set_src (set, set_src);
9524 
9525                 if (REG_P (loc))
9526                     var_reg_delete_and_set (set, loc, false, src_status, set_src);
9527                 else
9528                     var_mem_delete_and_set (set, loc, false, src_status, set_src);
9529 
9530                 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN,
9531                                               set->vars);
9532               }
9533               break;
9534 
9535             case MO_USE_NO_VAR:
9536               {
9537                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
9538 
9539                 if (REG_P (loc))
9540                     var_reg_delete (set, loc, false);
9541                 else
9542                     var_mem_delete (set, loc, false);
9543 
9544                 emit_notes_for_changes (insn, EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_INSN, set->vars);
9545               }
9546               break;
9547 
9548             case MO_CLOBBER:
9549               {
9550                 rtx loc = mo->u.loc;
9551 
9552                 if (REG_P (loc))
9553                     var_reg_delete (set, loc, true);
9554                 else
9555                     var_mem_delete (set, loc, true);
9556 
9557                 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN,
9558                                               set->vars);
9559               }
9560               break;
9561 
9562             case MO_ADJUST:
9563               set->stack_adjust += mo->u.adjust;
9564               break;
9565           }
9566     }
9567 }
9568 
9569 /* Emit notes for the whole function.  */
9570 
9571 static void
vt_emit_notes(void)9572 vt_emit_notes (void)
9573 {
9574   basic_block bb;
9575   dataflow_set cur;
9576 
9577   gcc_assert (changed_variables->is_empty ());
9578 
9579   /* Free memory occupied by the out hash tables, as they aren't used
9580      anymore.  */
9581   FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
9582     dataflow_set_clear (&VTI (bb)->out);
9583 
9584   /* Enable emitting notes by functions (mainly by set_variable_part and
9585      delete_variable_part).  */
9586   emit_notes = true;
9587 
9588   if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
9589     dropped_values = new variable_table_type (cselib_get_next_uid () * 2);
9590 
9591   dataflow_set_init (&cur);
9592 
9593   FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
9594     {
9595       /* Emit the notes for changes of variable locations between two
9596            subsequent basic blocks.  */
9597       emit_notes_for_differences (BB_HEAD (bb), &cur, &VTI (bb)->in);
9598 
9599       if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
9600           local_get_addr_cache = new hash_map<rtx, rtx>;
9601 
9602       /* Emit the notes for the changes in the basic block itself.  */
9603       emit_notes_in_bb (bb, &cur);
9604 
9605       if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
9606           delete local_get_addr_cache;
9607       local_get_addr_cache = NULL;
9608 
9609       /* Free memory occupied by the in hash table, we won't need it
9610            again.  */
9611       dataflow_set_clear (&VTI (bb)->in);
9612     }
9613 
9614   if (flag_checking)
9615     shared_hash_htab (cur.vars)
9616       ->traverse <variable_table_type *, emit_notes_for_differences_1>
9617           (shared_hash_htab (empty_shared_hash));
9618 
9619   dataflow_set_destroy (&cur);
9620 
9621   if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
9622     delete dropped_values;
9623   dropped_values = NULL;
9624 
9625   emit_notes = false;
9626 }
9627 
9628 /* If there is a declaration and offset associated with register/memory RTL
9629    assign declaration to *DECLP and offset to *OFFSETP, and return true.  */
9630 
9631 static bool
vt_get_decl_and_offset(rtx rtl,tree * declp,poly_int64 * offsetp)9632 vt_get_decl_and_offset (rtx rtl, tree *declp, poly_int64 *offsetp)
9633 {
9634   if (REG_P (rtl))
9635     {
9636       if (REG_ATTRS (rtl))
9637           {
9638             *declp = REG_EXPR (rtl);
9639             *offsetp = REG_OFFSET (rtl);
9640             return true;
9641           }
9642     }
9643   else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == PARALLEL)
9644     {
9645       tree decl = NULL_TREE;
9646       HOST_WIDE_INT offset = MAX_VAR_PARTS;
9647       int len = XVECLEN (rtl, 0), i;
9648 
9649       for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
9650           {
9651             rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, i), 0);
9652             if (!REG_P (reg) || !REG_ATTRS (reg))
9653               break;
9654             if (!decl)
9655               decl = REG_EXPR (reg);
9656             if (REG_EXPR (reg) != decl)
9657               break;
9658             HOST_WIDE_INT this_offset;
9659             if (!track_offset_p (REG_OFFSET (reg), &this_offset))
9660               break;
9661             offset = MIN (offset, this_offset);
9662           }
9663 
9664       if (i == len)
9665           {
9666             *declp = decl;
9667             *offsetp = offset;
9668             return true;
9669           }
9670     }
9671   else if (MEM_P (rtl))
9672     {
9673       if (MEM_ATTRS (rtl))
9674           {
9675             *declp = MEM_EXPR (rtl);
9676             *offsetp = int_mem_offset (rtl);
9677             return true;
9678           }
9679     }
9680   return false;
9681 }
9682 
9683 /* Record the value for the ENTRY_VALUE of RTL as a global equivalence
9684    of VAL.  */
9685 
9686 static void
record_entry_value(cselib_val * val,rtx rtl)9687 record_entry_value (cselib_val *val, rtx rtl)
9688 {
9689   rtx ev = gen_rtx_ENTRY_VALUE (GET_MODE (rtl));
9690 
9691   ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (ev) = rtl;
9692 
9693   cselib_add_permanent_equiv (val, ev, get_insns ());
9694 }
9695 
9696 /* Insert function parameter PARM in IN and OUT sets of ENTRY_BLOCK.  */
9697 
9698 static void
vt_add_function_parameter(tree parm)9699 vt_add_function_parameter (tree parm)
9700 {
9701   rtx decl_rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (parm);
9702   rtx incoming = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm);
9703   tree decl;
9704   machine_mode mode;
9705   poly_int64 offset;
9706   dataflow_set *out;
9707   decl_or_value dv;
9708   bool incoming_ok = true;
9709 
9710   if (TREE_CODE (parm) != PARM_DECL)
9711     return;
9712 
9713   if (!decl_rtl || !incoming)
9714     return;
9715 
9716   if (GET_MODE (decl_rtl) == BLKmode || GET_MODE (incoming) == BLKmode)
9717     return;
9718 
9719   /* If there is a DRAP register or a pseudo in internal_arg_pointer,
9720      rewrite the incoming location of parameters passed on the stack
9721      into MEMs based on the argument pointer, so that incoming doesn't
9722      depend on a pseudo.  */
9723   poly_int64 incoming_offset = 0;
9724   if (MEM_P (incoming)
9725       && (strip_offset (XEXP (incoming, 0), &incoming_offset)
9726             == crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer))
9727     {
9728       HOST_WIDE_INT off = -FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
9729       incoming
9730           = replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming,
9731                                             plus_constant (Pmode,
9732                                                                arg_pointer_rtx,
9733                                                                off + incoming_offset));
9734     }
9735 
9736 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
9737   /* DECL_INCOMING_RTL uses the INCOMING_REGNO of parameter registers.
9738      If the target machine has an explicit window save instruction, the
9739      actual entry value is the corresponding OUTGOING_REGNO instead.  */
9740   if (HAVE_window_save && !crtl->uses_only_leaf_regs)
9741     {
9742       if (REG_P (incoming)
9743             && HARD_REGISTER_P (incoming)
9744             && OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming)) != REGNO (incoming))
9745           {
9746             parm_reg p;
9747             p.incoming = incoming;
9748             incoming
9749               = gen_rtx_REG_offset (incoming, GET_MODE (incoming),
9750                                           OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming)), 0);
9751             p.outgoing = incoming;
9752             vec_safe_push (windowed_parm_regs, p);
9753           }
9754       else if (GET_CODE (incoming) == PARALLEL)
9755           {
9756             rtx outgoing
9757               = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (incoming, 0)));
9758             int i;
9759 
9760             for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (incoming, 0); i++)
9761               {
9762                 rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (incoming, 0, i), 0);
9763                 parm_reg p;
9764                 p.incoming = reg;
9765                 reg = gen_rtx_REG_offset (reg, GET_MODE (reg),
9766                                                   OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg)), 0);
9767                 p.outgoing = reg;
9768                 XVECEXP (outgoing, 0, i)
9769                     = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg,
9770                                              XEXP (XVECEXP (incoming, 0, i), 1));
9771                 vec_safe_push (windowed_parm_regs, p);
9772               }
9773 
9774             incoming = outgoing;
9775           }
9776       else if (MEM_P (incoming)
9777                  && REG_P (XEXP (incoming, 0))
9778                  && HARD_REGISTER_P (XEXP (incoming, 0)))
9779           {
9780             rtx reg = XEXP (incoming, 0);
9781             if (OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg)) != REGNO (reg))
9782               {
9783                 parm_reg p;
9784                 p.incoming = reg;
9785                 reg = gen_raw_REG (GET_MODE (reg), OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg)));
9786                 p.outgoing = reg;
9787                 vec_safe_push (windowed_parm_regs, p);
9788                 incoming = replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming, reg);
9789               }
9790           }
9791     }
9792 #endif
9793 
9794   if (!vt_get_decl_and_offset (incoming, &decl, &offset))
9795     {
9796       incoming_ok = false;
9797       if (MEM_P (incoming))
9798           {
9799             /* This means argument is passed by invisible reference.  */
9800             offset = 0;
9801             decl = parm;
9802           }
9803       else
9804           {
9805             if (!vt_get_decl_and_offset (decl_rtl, &decl, &offset))
9806               return;
9807             offset += byte_lowpart_offset (GET_MODE (incoming),
9808                                                    GET_MODE (decl_rtl));
9809           }
9810     }
9811 
9812   if (!decl)
9813     return;
9814 
9815   if (parm != decl)
9816     {
9817       /* If that DECL_RTL wasn't a pseudo that got spilled to
9818            memory, bail out.  Otherwise, the spill slot sharing code
9819            will force the memory to reference spill_slot_decl (%sfp),
9820            so we don't match above.  That's ok, the pseudo must have
9821            referenced the entire parameter, so just reset OFFSET.  */
9822       if (decl != get_spill_slot_decl (false))
9823         return;
9824       offset = 0;
9825     }
9826 
9827   HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset;
9828   if (!track_loc_p (incoming, parm, offset, false, &mode, &const_offset))
9829     return;
9830 
9831   out = &VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))->out;
9832 
9833   dv = dv_from_decl (parm);
9834 
9835   if (target_for_debug_bind (parm)
9836       /* We can't deal with these right now, because this kind of
9837            variable is single-part.  ??? We could handle parallels
9838            that describe multiple locations for the same single
9839            value, but ATM we don't.  */
9840       && GET_CODE (incoming) != PARALLEL)
9841     {
9842       cselib_val *val;
9843       rtx lowpart;
9844 
9845       /* ??? We shouldn't ever hit this, but it may happen because
9846            arguments passed by invisible reference aren't dealt with
9847            above: incoming-rtl will have Pmode rather than the
9848            expected mode for the type.  */
9849       if (const_offset)
9850           return;
9851 
9852       lowpart = var_lowpart (mode, incoming);
9853       if (!lowpart)
9854           return;
9855 
9856       val = cselib_lookup_from_insn (lowpart, mode, true,
9857                                              VOIDmode, get_insns ());
9858 
9859       /* ??? Float-typed values in memory are not handled by
9860            cselib.  */
9861       if (val)
9862           {
9863             preserve_value (val);
9864             set_variable_part (out, val->val_rtx, dv, const_offset,
9865                                    VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL, INSERT);
9866             dv = dv_from_value (val->val_rtx);
9867           }
9868 
9869       if (MEM_P (incoming))
9870           {
9871             val = cselib_lookup_from_insn (XEXP (incoming, 0), mode, true,
9872                                                    VOIDmode, get_insns ());
9873             if (val)
9874               {
9875                 preserve_value (val);
9876                 incoming = replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming, val->val_rtx);
9877               }
9878           }
9879     }
9880 
9881   if (REG_P (incoming))
9882     {
9883       incoming = var_lowpart (mode, incoming);
9884       gcc_assert (REGNO (incoming) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
9885       attrs_list_insert (&out->regs[REGNO (incoming)], dv, const_offset,
9886                                incoming);
9887       set_variable_part (out, incoming, dv, const_offset,
9888                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL, INSERT);
9889       if (dv_is_value_p (dv))
9890           {
9891             record_entry_value (CSELIB_VAL_PTR (dv_as_value (dv)), incoming);
9892             if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)) == REFERENCE_TYPE
9893                 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (parm))))
9894               {
9895                 machine_mode indmode
9896                     = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (parm)));
9897                 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (indmode, incoming);
9898                 cselib_val *val = cselib_lookup_from_insn (mem, indmode, true,
9899                                                                        VOIDmode,
9900                                                                        get_insns ());
9901                 if (val)
9902                     {
9903                       preserve_value (val);
9904                       record_entry_value (val, mem);
9905                       set_variable_part (out, mem, dv_from_value (val->val_rtx), 0,
9906                                              VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL, INSERT);
9907                     }
9908               }
9909           }
9910     }
9911   else if (GET_CODE (incoming) == PARALLEL && !dv_onepart_p (dv))
9912     {
9913       int i;
9914 
9915       /* The following code relies on vt_get_decl_and_offset returning true for
9916            incoming, which might not be always the case.  */
9917       if (!incoming_ok)
9918           return;
9919       for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (incoming, 0); i++)
9920           {
9921             rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (incoming, 0, i), 0);
9922             /* vt_get_decl_and_offset has already checked that the offset
9923                is a valid variable part.  */
9924             const_offset = get_tracked_reg_offset (reg);
9925             gcc_assert (REGNO (reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
9926             attrs_list_insert (&out->regs[REGNO (reg)], dv, const_offset, reg);
9927             set_variable_part (out, reg, dv, const_offset,
9928                                    VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL, INSERT);
9929           }
9930     }
9931   else if (MEM_P (incoming))
9932     {
9933       incoming = var_lowpart (mode, incoming);
9934       set_variable_part (out, incoming, dv, const_offset,
9935                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED, NULL, INSERT);
9936     }
9937 }
9938 
9939 /* Insert function parameters to IN and OUT sets of ENTRY_BLOCK.  */
9940 
9941 static void
vt_add_function_parameters(void)9942 vt_add_function_parameters (void)
9943 {
9944   tree parm;
9945 
9946   for (parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl);
9947        parm; parm = DECL_CHAIN (parm))
9948     vt_add_function_parameter (parm);
9949 
9950   if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)))
9951     {
9952       tree vexpr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl));
9953 
9954       if (TREE_CODE (vexpr) == INDIRECT_REF)
9955           vexpr = TREE_OPERAND (vexpr, 0);
9956 
9957       if (TREE_CODE (vexpr) == PARM_DECL
9958             && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (vexpr)
9959             && !DECL_IGNORED_P (vexpr)
9960             && DECL_NAMELESS (vexpr))
9961           vt_add_function_parameter (vexpr);
9962     }
9963 }
9964 
9965 /* Initialize cfa_base_rtx, create a preserved VALUE for it and
9966    ensure it isn't flushed during cselib_reset_table.
9967    Can be called only if frame_pointer_rtx resp. arg_pointer_rtx
9968    has been eliminated.  */
9969 
9970 static void
vt_init_cfa_base(void)9971 vt_init_cfa_base (void)
9972 {
9973   cselib_val *val;
9974 
9975 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
9976   cfa_base_rtx = frame_pointer_rtx;
9977   cfa_base_offset = -FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
9978 #else
9979   cfa_base_rtx = arg_pointer_rtx;
9980   cfa_base_offset = -ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
9981 #endif
9982   if (cfa_base_rtx == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
9983       || !fixed_regs[REGNO (cfa_base_rtx)])
9984     {
9985       cfa_base_rtx = NULL_RTX;
9986       return;
9987     }
9988   if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
9989     return;
9990 
9991   /* Tell alias analysis that cfa_base_rtx should share
9992      find_base_term value with stack pointer or hard frame pointer.  */
9993   if (!frame_pointer_needed)
9994     vt_equate_reg_base_value (cfa_base_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx);
9995   else if (!crtl->stack_realign_tried)
9996     vt_equate_reg_base_value (cfa_base_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx);
9997 
9998   val = cselib_lookup_from_insn (cfa_base_rtx, GET_MODE (cfa_base_rtx), 1,
9999                                          VOIDmode, get_insns ());
10000   preserve_value (val);
10001   cselib_preserve_cfa_base_value (val, REGNO (cfa_base_rtx));
10002 }
10003 
10004 /* Reemit INSN, a MARKER_DEBUG_INSN, as a note.  */
10005 
10006 static rtx_insn *
reemit_marker_as_note(rtx_insn * insn)10007 reemit_marker_as_note (rtx_insn *insn)
10008 {
10009   gcc_checking_assert (DEBUG_MARKER_INSN_P (insn));
10010 
10011   enum insn_note kind = INSN_DEBUG_MARKER_KIND (insn);
10012 
10013   switch (kind)
10014     {
10015     case NOTE_INSN_BEGIN_STMT:
10016     case NOTE_INSN_INLINE_ENTRY:
10017       {
10018           rtx_insn *note = NULL;
10019           if (cfun->debug_nonbind_markers)
10020             {
10021               note = emit_note_before (kind, insn);
10022               NOTE_MARKER_LOCATION (note) = INSN_LOCATION (insn);
10023             }
10024           delete_insn (insn);
10025           return note;
10026       }
10027 
10028     default:
10029       gcc_unreachable ();
10030     }
10031 }
10032 
10033 /* Allocate and initialize the data structures for variable tracking
10034    and parse the RTL to get the micro operations.  */
10035 
10036 static bool
vt_initialize(void)10037 vt_initialize (void)
10038 {
10039   basic_block bb;
10040   poly_int64 fp_cfa_offset = -1;
10041 
10042   alloc_aux_for_blocks (sizeof (variable_tracking_info));
10043 
10044   empty_shared_hash = shared_hash_pool.allocate ();
10045   empty_shared_hash->refcount = 1;
10046   empty_shared_hash->htab = new variable_table_type (1);
10047   changed_variables = new variable_table_type (10);
10048 
10049   /* Init the IN and OUT sets.  */
10050   FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
10051     {
10052       VTI (bb)->visited = false;
10053       VTI (bb)->flooded = false;
10054       dataflow_set_init (&VTI (bb)->in);
10055       dataflow_set_init (&VTI (bb)->out);
10056       VTI (bb)->permp = NULL;
10057     }
10058 
10059   if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
10060     {
10061       cselib_init (CSELIB_RECORD_MEMORY | CSELIB_PRESERVE_CONSTANTS);
10062       scratch_regs = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
10063       preserved_values.create (256);
10064       global_get_addr_cache = new hash_map<rtx, rtx>;
10065     }
10066   else
10067     {
10068       scratch_regs = NULL;
10069       global_get_addr_cache = NULL;
10070     }
10071 
10072   if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
10073     {
10074       rtx reg, expr;
10075       int ofst;
10076       cselib_val *val;
10077 
10078 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10079       reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10080       ofst = FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10081 #else
10082       reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10083       ofst = ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10084 #endif
10085 
10086       ofst -= INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET;
10087 
10088       val = cselib_lookup_from_insn (reg, GET_MODE (reg), 1,
10089                                              VOIDmode, get_insns ());
10090       preserve_value (val);
10091       if (reg != hard_frame_pointer_rtx && fixed_regs[REGNO (reg)])
10092           cselib_preserve_cfa_base_value (val, REGNO (reg));
10093       if (ofst)
10094           {
10095             cselib_val *valsp
10096               = cselib_lookup_from_insn (stack_pointer_rtx,
10097                                                GET_MODE (stack_pointer_rtx), 1,
10098                                                VOIDmode, get_insns ());
10099             preserve_value (valsp);
10100             expr = plus_constant (GET_MODE (reg), reg, ofst);
10101             /* This cselib_add_permanent_equiv call needs to be done before
10102                the other cselib_add_permanent_equiv a few lines later,
10103                because after that one is done, cselib_lookup on this expr
10104                will due to the cselib SP_DERIVED_VALUE_P optimizations
10105                return valsp and so no permanent equivalency will be added.  */
10106             cselib_add_permanent_equiv (valsp, expr, get_insns ());
10107           }
10108 
10109       expr = plus_constant (GET_MODE (stack_pointer_rtx),
10110                                   stack_pointer_rtx, -ofst);
10111       cselib_add_permanent_equiv (val, expr, get_insns ());
10112     }
10113 
10114   /* In order to factor out the adjustments made to the stack pointer or to
10115      the hard frame pointer and thus be able to use DW_OP_fbreg operations
10116      instead of individual location lists, we're going to rewrite MEMs based
10117      on them into MEMs based on the CFA by de-eliminating stack_pointer_rtx
10118      or hard_frame_pointer_rtx to the virtual CFA pointer frame_pointer_rtx
10119      resp. arg_pointer_rtx.  We can do this either when there is no frame
10120      pointer in the function and stack adjustments are consistent for all
10121      basic blocks or when there is a frame pointer and no stack realignment.
10122      But we first have to check that frame_pointer_rtx resp. arg_pointer_rtx
10123      has been eliminated.  */
10124   if (!frame_pointer_needed)
10125     {
10126       rtx reg, elim;
10127 
10128       if (!vt_stack_adjustments ())
10129           return false;
10130 
10131 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10132       reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10133 #else
10134       reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10135 #endif
10136       elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10137       if (elim != reg)
10138           {
10139             if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10140               elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10141             if (elim == stack_pointer_rtx)
10142               vt_init_cfa_base ();
10143           }
10144     }
10145   else if (!crtl->stack_realign_tried)
10146     {
10147       rtx reg, elim;
10148 
10149 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10150       reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10151       fp_cfa_offset = FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10152 #else
10153       reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10154       fp_cfa_offset = ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10155 #endif
10156       elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10157       if (elim != reg)
10158           {
10159             if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10160               {
10161                 fp_cfa_offset -= rtx_to_poly_int64 (XEXP (elim, 1));
10162                 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10163               }
10164             if (elim != hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
10165               fp_cfa_offset = -1;
10166           }
10167       else
10168           fp_cfa_offset = -1;
10169     }
10170 
10171   /* If the stack is realigned and a DRAP register is used, we're going to
10172      rewrite MEMs based on it representing incoming locations of parameters
10173      passed on the stack into MEMs based on the argument pointer.  Although
10174      we aren't going to rewrite other MEMs, we still need to initialize the
10175      virtual CFA pointer in order to ensure that the argument pointer will
10176      be seen as a constant throughout the function.
10177 
10178      ??? This doesn't work if FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET is defined.  */
10179   else if (stack_realign_drap)
10180     {
10181       rtx reg, elim;
10182 
10183 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10184       reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10185 #else
10186       reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10187 #endif
10188       elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10189       if (elim != reg)
10190           {
10191             if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10192               elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10193             if (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
10194               vt_init_cfa_base ();
10195           }
10196     }
10197 
10198   hard_frame_pointer_adjustment = -1;
10199 
10200   vt_add_function_parameters ();
10201 
10202   bool record_sp_value = false;
10203   FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
10204     {
10205       rtx_insn *insn;
10206       basic_block first_bb, last_bb;
10207 
10208       if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
10209           {
10210             cselib_record_sets_hook = add_with_sets;
10211             if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
10212               fprintf (dump_file, "first value: %i\n",
10213                          cselib_get_next_uid ());
10214           }
10215 
10216       if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
10217             && cfa_base_rtx
10218             && !frame_pointer_needed
10219             && record_sp_value)
10220           cselib_record_sp_cfa_base_equiv (-cfa_base_offset
10221                                                    - VTI (bb)->in.stack_adjust,
10222                                                    BB_HEAD (bb));
10223       record_sp_value = true;
10224 
10225       first_bb = bb;
10226       for (;;)
10227           {
10228             edge e;
10229             if (bb->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)
10230                 || ! single_pred_p (bb->next_bb))
10231               break;
10232             e = find_edge (bb, bb->next_bb);
10233             if (! e || (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) == 0)
10234               break;
10235             bb = bb->next_bb;
10236           }
10237       last_bb = bb;
10238 
10239       /* Add the micro-operations to the vector.  */
10240       FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, first_bb, last_bb->next_bb, next_bb)
10241           {
10242             HOST_WIDE_INT offset = VTI (bb)->out.stack_adjust;
10243             VTI (bb)->out.stack_adjust = VTI (bb)->in.stack_adjust;
10244 
10245             rtx_insn *next;
10246             FOR_BB_INSNS_SAFE (bb, insn, next)
10247               {
10248                 if (INSN_P (insn))
10249                     {
10250                       HOST_WIDE_INT pre = 0, post = 0;
10251 
10252                       if (!frame_pointer_needed)
10253                         {
10254                           insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (insn, &pre, &post);
10255                           if (pre)
10256                               {
10257                                 micro_operation mo;
10258                                 mo.type = MO_ADJUST;
10259                                 mo.u.adjust = pre;
10260                                 mo.insn = insn;
10261                                 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
10262                                   log_op_type (PATTERN (insn), bb, insn,
10263                                                    MO_ADJUST, dump_file);
10264                                 VTI (bb)->mos.safe_push (mo);
10265                               }
10266                         }
10267 
10268                       cselib_hook_called = false;
10269                       adjust_insn (bb, insn);
10270 
10271                       if (pre)
10272                         VTI (bb)->out.stack_adjust += pre;
10273 
10274                       if (DEBUG_MARKER_INSN_P (insn))
10275                         {
10276                           reemit_marker_as_note (insn);
10277                           continue;
10278                         }
10279 
10280                       if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
10281                         {
10282                           if (CALL_P (insn))
10283                               prepare_call_arguments (bb, insn);
10284                           cselib_process_insn (insn);
10285                           if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
10286                               {
10287                                 if (dump_flags & TDF_SLIM)
10288                                   dump_insn_slim (dump_file, insn);
10289                                 else
10290                                   print_rtl_single (dump_file, insn);
10291                                 dump_cselib_table (dump_file);
10292                               }
10293                         }
10294                       if (!cselib_hook_called)
10295                         add_with_sets (insn, 0, 0);
10296                       cancel_changes (0);
10297 
10298                       if (post)
10299                         {
10300                           micro_operation mo;
10301                           mo.type = MO_ADJUST;
10302                           mo.u.adjust = post;
10303                           mo.insn = insn;
10304                           if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
10305                               log_op_type (PATTERN (insn), bb, insn,
10306                                              MO_ADJUST, dump_file);
10307                           VTI (bb)->mos.safe_push (mo);
10308                           VTI (bb)->out.stack_adjust += post;
10309                         }
10310 
10311                       if (maybe_ne (fp_cfa_offset, -1)
10312                           && known_eq (hard_frame_pointer_adjustment, -1)
10313                           && fp_setter_insn (insn))
10314                         {
10315                           vt_init_cfa_base ();
10316                           hard_frame_pointer_adjustment = fp_cfa_offset;
10317                           /* Disassociate sp from fp now.  */
10318                           if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
10319                               {
10320                                 cselib_val *v;
10321                                 cselib_invalidate_rtx (stack_pointer_rtx);
10322                                 v = cselib_lookup (stack_pointer_rtx, Pmode, 1,
10323                                                        VOIDmode);
10324                                 if (v && !cselib_preserved_value_p (v))
10325                                   {
10326                                     cselib_set_value_sp_based (v);
10327                                     preserve_value (v);
10328                                   }
10329                               }
10330                         }
10331                     }
10332               }
10333             gcc_assert (offset == VTI (bb)->out.stack_adjust);
10334           }
10335 
10336       bb = last_bb;
10337 
10338       if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
10339           {
10340             cselib_preserve_only_values ();
10341             cselib_reset_table (cselib_get_next_uid ());
10342             cselib_record_sets_hook = NULL;
10343           }
10344     }
10345 
10346   hard_frame_pointer_adjustment = -1;
10347   VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))->flooded = true;
10348   cfa_base_rtx = NULL_RTX;
10349   return true;
10350 }
10351 
10352 /* This is *not* reset after each function.  It gives each
10353    NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL in the entire compilation
10354    a unique label number.  */
10355 
10356 static int debug_label_num = 1;
10357 
10358 /* Remove from the insn stream a single debug insn used for
10359    variable tracking at assignments.  */
10360 
10361 static inline void
delete_vta_debug_insn(rtx_insn * insn)10362 delete_vta_debug_insn (rtx_insn *insn)
10363 {
10364   if (DEBUG_MARKER_INSN_P (insn))
10365     {
10366       reemit_marker_as_note (insn);
10367       return;
10368     }
10369 
10370   tree decl = INSN_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (insn);
10371   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == LABEL_DECL
10372       && DECL_NAME (decl)
10373       && !DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
10374     {
10375       PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE);
10376       NOTE_KIND (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL;
10377       NOTE_DELETED_LABEL_NAME (insn)
10378           = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
10379       SET_DECL_RTL (decl, insn);
10380       CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn) = debug_label_num++;
10381     }
10382   else
10383     delete_insn (insn);
10384 }
10385 
10386 /* Remove from the insn stream all debug insns used for variable
10387    tracking at assignments.  USE_CFG should be false if the cfg is no
10388    longer usable.  */
10389 
10390 void
delete_vta_debug_insns(bool use_cfg)10391 delete_vta_debug_insns (bool use_cfg)
10392 {
10393   basic_block bb;
10394   rtx_insn *insn, *next;
10395 
10396   if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS)
10397     return;
10398 
10399   if (use_cfg)
10400     FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
10401       {
10402           FOR_BB_INSNS_SAFE (bb, insn, next)
10403             if (DEBUG_INSN_P (insn))
10404               delete_vta_debug_insn (insn);
10405       }
10406   else
10407     for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = next)
10408       {
10409           next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
10410           if (DEBUG_INSN_P (insn))
10411             delete_vta_debug_insn (insn);
10412       }
10413 }
10414 
10415 /* Run a fast, BB-local only version of var tracking, to take care of
10416    information that we don't do global analysis on, such that not all
10417    information is lost.  If SKIPPED holds, we're skipping the global
10418    pass entirely, so we should try to use information it would have
10419    handled as well..  */
10420 
10421 static void
vt_debug_insns_local(bool skipped ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)10422 vt_debug_insns_local (bool skipped ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10423 {
10424   /* ??? Just skip it all for now.  */
10425   delete_vta_debug_insns (true);
10426 }
10427 
10428 /* Free the data structures needed for variable tracking.  */
10429 
10430 static void
vt_finalize(void)10431 vt_finalize (void)
10432 {
10433   basic_block bb;
10434 
10435   FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
10436     {
10437       VTI (bb)->mos.release ();
10438     }
10439 
10440   FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
10441     {
10442       dataflow_set_destroy (&VTI (bb)->in);
10443       dataflow_set_destroy (&VTI (bb)->out);
10444       if (VTI (bb)->permp)
10445           {
10446             dataflow_set_destroy (VTI (bb)->permp);
10447             XDELETE (VTI (bb)->permp);
10448           }
10449     }
10450   free_aux_for_blocks ();
10451   delete empty_shared_hash->htab;
10452   empty_shared_hash->htab = NULL;
10453   delete changed_variables;
10454   changed_variables = NULL;
10455   attrs_pool.release ();
10456   var_pool.release ();
10457   location_chain_pool.release ();
10458   shared_hash_pool.release ();
10459 
10460   if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS)
10461     {
10462       if (global_get_addr_cache)
10463           delete global_get_addr_cache;
10464       global_get_addr_cache = NULL;
10465       loc_exp_dep_pool.release ();
10466       valvar_pool.release ();
10467       preserved_values.release ();
10468       cselib_finish ();
10469       BITMAP_FREE (scratch_regs);
10470       scratch_regs = NULL;
10471     }
10472 
10473 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
10474   vec_free (windowed_parm_regs);
10475 #endif
10476 
10477   if (vui_vec)
10478     XDELETEVEC (vui_vec);
10479   vui_vec = NULL;
10480   vui_allocated = 0;
10481 }
10482 
10483 /* The entry point to variable tracking pass.  */
10484 
10485 static inline unsigned int
variable_tracking_main_1(void)10486 variable_tracking_main_1 (void)
10487 {
10488   bool success;
10489 
10490   /* We won't be called as a separate pass if flag_var_tracking is not
10491      set, but final may call us to turn debug markers into notes.  */
10492   if ((!flag_var_tracking && MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS)
10493       || flag_var_tracking_assignments < 0
10494       /* Var-tracking right now assumes the IR doesn't contain
10495            any pseudos at this point.  */
10496       || targetm.no_register_allocation)
10497     {
10498       delete_vta_debug_insns (true);
10499       return 0;
10500     }
10501 
10502   if (!flag_var_tracking)
10503     return 0;
10504 
10505   if (n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) > 500
10506       && n_edges_for_fn (cfun) / n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) >= 20)
10507     {
10508       vt_debug_insns_local (true);
10509       return 0;
10510     }
10511 
10512   if (!vt_initialize ())
10513     {
10514       vt_finalize ();
10515       vt_debug_insns_local (true);
10516       return 0;
10517     }
10518 
10519   success = vt_find_locations ();
10520 
10521   if (!success && flag_var_tracking_assignments > 0)
10522     {
10523       vt_finalize ();
10524 
10525       delete_vta_debug_insns (true);
10526 
10527       /* This is later restored by our caller.  */
10528       flag_var_tracking_assignments = 0;
10529 
10530       success = vt_initialize ();
10531       gcc_assert (success);
10532 
10533       success = vt_find_locations ();
10534     }
10535 
10536   if (!success)
10537     {
10538       vt_finalize ();
10539       vt_debug_insns_local (false);
10540       return 0;
10541     }
10542 
10543   if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
10544     {
10545       dump_dataflow_sets ();
10546       dump_reg_info (dump_file);
10547       dump_flow_info (dump_file, dump_flags);
10548     }
10549 
10550   timevar_push (TV_VAR_TRACKING_EMIT);
10551   vt_emit_notes ();
10552   timevar_pop (TV_VAR_TRACKING_EMIT);
10553 
10554   vt_finalize ();
10555   vt_debug_insns_local (false);
10556   return 0;
10557 }
10558 
10559 unsigned int
variable_tracking_main(void)10560 variable_tracking_main (void)
10561 {
10562   unsigned int ret;
10563   int save = flag_var_tracking_assignments;
10564 
10565   ret = variable_tracking_main_1 ();
10566 
10567   flag_var_tracking_assignments = save;
10568 
10569   return ret;
10570 }
10571 
10572 namespace {
10573 
10574 const pass_data pass_data_variable_tracking =
10575 {
10576   RTL_PASS, /* type */
10577   "vartrack", /* name */
10578   OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */
10579   TV_VAR_TRACKING, /* tv_id */
10580   0, /* properties_required */
10581   0, /* properties_provided */
10582   0, /* properties_destroyed */
10583   0, /* todo_flags_start */
10584   0, /* todo_flags_finish */
10585 };
10586 
10587 class pass_variable_tracking : public rtl_opt_pass
10588 {
10589 public:
pass_variable_tracking(gcc::context * ctxt)10590   pass_variable_tracking (gcc::context *ctxt)
10591     : rtl_opt_pass (pass_data_variable_tracking, ctxt)
10592   {}
10593 
10594   /* opt_pass methods: */
gate(function *)10595   virtual bool gate (function *)
10596     {
10597       return (flag_var_tracking && !targetm.delay_vartrack);
10598     }
10599 
execute(function *)10600   virtual unsigned int execute (function *)
10601     {
10602       return variable_tracking_main ();
10603     }
10604 
10605 }; // class pass_variable_tracking
10606 
10607 } // anon namespace
10608 
10609 rtl_opt_pass *
make_pass_variable_tracking(gcc::context * ctxt)10610 make_pass_variable_tracking (gcc::context *ctxt)
10611 {
10612   return new pass_variable_tracking (ctxt);
10613 }
10614